Rittal CRAC System UKS
Transcript of Rittal CRAC System UKS
Rittal CRAC System UKS
Operating Instructions
Rittal CRAC System UKS-DX 3300.760
0-0a
llger
it-gb
-01-
0210
.fm
Table of ContentsOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1
Maintenance
Assembly and First Operation 2
4
5
0Project-Related Data
Safety Notes
Operation 3
Part IIntroduction
For anyone who uses the unit or works on it
Part IIAssembly and
First Operation For technical
and Rittal service per-sonnel
OperationFor technical personnel
and operators
Part IIIMaintenance and Trou-
bleshootingFor technical and Rittal
service personnel
Unit Components 6
7
8Project-Related Appendix
Additional Documents
Part IVReference Section
For technical and Rittal service personnel
Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning
Rittal CRAC System UKSOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
0-0allgerit-gb-01-0210.fm
Original Operating Instructions(Assembly instructions integrated)
Dear customer!
We would like to thank you for choosing the Rittal CRAC System UKS!
Please take the time to read this documen-tation carefully.
Pay special attention to the hazard alert messages in the text and the chapter safety notes.
This is the precondition for safe assembly of the Rittal CRAC System UKS, safe han-dling and trouble-free operation.
Please keep the entire documentation, to ensure it is immediately available if needed.
We are ready to aid you by answering technical queries concerning our entire product programme.
Our best wishes for a successful applica-tion
Kind regards
Rittal GmbH & Co. KG
Rittal GmbH & Co. KGAuf dem Stützelberg
35745 HerbornGermany
Tel.: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-0Fax: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-23 19
E-Mail: [email protected]
Rittal CRAC System (sample illustration)
Project-Related Data
0-1p
rojd
rit-g
b-01
-021
0.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
0
Project-Related Data
EC Declaration of conformity
Functional Diagram
Technical Data
Unit Sketch
Project-Related DataOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
0-1projdrit-gb-01-0210.fm
31Y1
DI
DO
AI AO
TEEC
CM
Ritta
l Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD-
3574
5 He
rbor
nTe
lefo
n: +
49 2
772
505-
0Te
lefa
x: +
49 2
772
505-
2700
08.0
2.11
M. K
öste
r
08.0
2.11
M. K
öste
r UKS-
DX 3
300.
760
PZHPE
EC
TZH
MSH
ME
TETE
M
Ablu
ft
PD
Zulu
ft
50E1
**40
E1 **
60Y1
**
20M
30F
31A130
M
68B1
68B1
68B2
52F1
**40
F2 **
50N1
70B1
31B2
31B1
67B1
**
[RAU
M]
64M **
65F1 **
Edite
d
Audi
ted
Nam
eD
ate
Con
d.M
odifi
catio
nD
ate
Nam
e
Des
igna
tion:
Rep
lace
s:
Ord
er n
o.:
We
rese
rve
all r
ight
s fo
r thi
s dr
awin
g.
It m
ust n
ot b
e re
prod
uced
or m
ade
avai
labl
e to
third
par
ties
or b
e m
isuse
d in
any
oth
er w
ay.
Rep
lace
d by
:FU
NCTI
ONA
L DI
AGRA
MD
rawi
ng:
Fire
pro
tect
ion
flap
Operation *
Maintainance *
Fault *
Back
up p
ower
sup
ply
ON
by
cust
omer
Water sensor
Condensate pump
Fals
e flo
or p
ress
ure
Iden
tifica
tions
cor
resp
onts
to th
ose
in th
e el
ectri
cal d
iagr
am!
* Po
tent
ial-f
ree
cont
acts
**
Opt
ion
Power supply B ON **
Power supply A ON **
Smoke detector
Fire detector
Erstellt am: 15.06.2011 Rittal GmbH & Co. KG Erstellt von: MS Druckdatum: 15.06.2011 Seite 1 von 1
UKS-DX 3300.760
UNIT DATA type: Rittal CRAC system UKS (DX) air volume: 16000 m³/h width: 1800 mm air pressure extern: 50 Pa depth: 850 mm inlet air temperature: 26 °C height above floor: 1950 mm relative inlet air humidity: 45 % weight: 935 kg condensing temperature: 50,0 °C filter category (EN 779): G4 refrigerant: R407C voltage: 400/3/50 V/Ph/Hz total cooling capacity: 55,5 kW unit EER: 3,3 sensible cooling capacity: 55,5 kW altitude above sea level: 0 m EVAPORATION DATA quantity: 1 evaporator pressure drop : 19,8 kPa evaporation temperature: 9,8 °C air pressure drop: 61,0 Pa outlet air temperature : 15,6 °C air velocity: 2,3 m/s relative outlet air humidity: 85,5 % COMPRESSOR DATA quantity: 3 condenser capacity: 69,7 kW total power consumption: 15,1 kW current: 26,6 A max. electric current: 39,3 A FAN DATA quantity: 2 electric current: 2,6 A total power consumption: 1711,0 W max. electric current: 9,2 A fan speed: 815 1/min control voltage: 6,8 V motor efficiency: % SOUND DATA unit sound power: 76 dB(A) sound power box: 59 dB(A) sound power in: 72 dB(A) free field sound pressure (2 m): 59 dB(A) sound power out: 79 dB(A) sound power in sound power out [Hz] [dB] [NR] [Hz] [dB] [NR] 63 76 52 63 79 55 125 79 65 125 82 68 250 77 70 250 80 73 500 72 68 500 75 71 1000 70 70 1000 73 73 2000 69 71 2000 72 74 4000 65 70 4000 68 73 8000 61 67 8000 64 70 ELECTRIC HEATING max. heating power: 15,0 kW electric current: 21,7 A quantity ranks: STETIG HUMIDIFICATION max. steam power: 15,0 kg/h electric current: 16,3 A quantity: 1 inlet water: 1,0 - 10 bar inlet water connection: 1/2 '' water conductivity: 125 - 900 µs/cm outlet water connection: 40 mm SELECTED OPTIONS humidistat, water detection, condensate pump, smoke detector, fire detector The cooling capacity is as gross cooling capacity. To get the net colling capacity the fan heat load must be subtracted.
1800
850
Tel.
(064
08) 8
4-71
Fax
(064
08) 8
4-83
72
Ger
äte-
und
Anl
agen
bau
page
Dra
win
g:
Ord
er n
o.:
ERS.
D.ER
S.F.
Des
igna
tion:
URS
PR
Nam
eD
ate
BEAR
GEP
R
NO
RM
Nam
eD
ate
Mod
ifica
tion
Con
d.
D-35
447
Reisk
irche
n-Li
nden
stru
th
Wei
ss K
limat
echn
ik G
mbH
UKS-
DX 3
300.
760
AA
1950
127
830
91
84
110
100
26161
75
304
76
91
750
50
180
1590
5016
0
1590
750
M. S
enge
15.0
6.11
M. S
enge
15.0
6.11
525-575
1760
Hum
idifi
er w
ater
sup
ply
Elec
tric
cabl
e fe
ed o
peni
ngs
Con
dens
ate
drai
n
A-A Hum
idifi
er w
ater
dra
in
Liqu
id li
ne
Hot
-gas
line
Spac
e fo
r mai
nten
ance
900
mm
in fr
ont o
f the
uni
t60
0 m
m in
fron
t of t
he fa
n
All c
onne
ctio
ns fr
om th
e bo
ttom
up!
Hot-g
as lin
e: 2
8x1,
5 m
mLi
quid
line:
16x
1 m
mCo
nden
sate
dra
in: 4
0 m
mHu
mid
ifier w
ater
sup
ply:
1/2
"Hu
mid
ifier w
ater
dra
in: 4
0 m
m
KLDR
6/ W
CRFI
XXX0
0022
217,
2kg
1 2 max
.184
00 m
³/h2
x 0,
67 k
W2
x 3,
3 A
max
. 890
U/m
in23
0 V/
1 P
h/ 5
0 Hz
35 m
m28
mm
32,9
7 l
120
2545
2615
420
460
390
80565
1615
1050
2475
120
2545
2615
1080
1120
1050
565
1105
390150
2475
15.0
6.11
M. S
enge
Ritta
l Gmb
h & C
o. KG
Auf S
tütze
lberg,
D 35
745 H
erbom
Telef
on +4
9 (0)2
772/5
05-0
Telef
ax +4
9 (0)2
772/5
05-27
0015
.06.
11M
. Sen
ge
Cond.
Mod
ifica
tion
Dat
e
Dat
e
Nam
e
Nam
eed
ited
audi
ted
repl
aces
repl
aced
by
Desig
natio
n
Ord
er N
o.:
Draw
ing
Cond
ense
r typ
e:W
eigh
t:Q
uant
ity o
f ref
rig. c
ircui
ts:
Qua
ntity
of f
ans:
Air v
olum
e:Po
wer c
onsu
mpt
ion
of fa
n:No
min
al c
urre
nt o
f fan
:
Spee
d of
fan:
Pow
er s
uppl
y:Ho
t gas
bra
zed
conn
ectio
n:Li
quid
bra
zed
conn
ectio
n:In
tern
al v
olum
e of
coi
l:
Dim
ensio
ns fo
r ver
tical
disc
harg
e:
Dim
ensio
ns b
y ho
rizon
tal d
ischa
rge:
exte
rnal
con
dens
er K
LDR
third
partie
s or b
e misu
sed i
n any
othe
r way
.It m
ust n
ot be
repro
duce
d or m
ade a
vaila
bleto
We r
eserv
e all r
ights
for th
is dra
wing
.
Safety Notes
1-0s
iche
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1
1 Safety Notes1.1 Symbols Used in these Operating Instructions
1.2 Vital Safety Notes
Rittal air-conditioning units have been designed and manufac-tured to meet all safety measures. Nonetheless they entail some inevitable hazards. These safety notes provide an overview of these hazards and the safety measures required to counteract them.
In the interest of your own safety and the safety of other persons, be sure to carefully read these safety notes before commencing with assembly and first operation of the air-conditioning unit!
Please carefully observe user information contained in these operating instructions or printed on the unit.
1
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1-0sicherit-gb-02-0111.fm
Safety Notes Symbols Used in these Operating Instructions
2
1.1 Symbols Used in these Operating Instructions
DANGER! This warning symbol identifies a major hazard from the product, which may cause injury or even death if the precautions men-tioned are not observed!
ATTENTION! This warning symbol identifies situations that may result in prop-erty damage. However, the consequences also might be injury of persons, e. g. as caused by a fire.
In addition to these general warning signs, the hazards are pointed out by different self-explanatory graphic warning signs, while the information about safety measures is enhanced by prohibiting and commanding signs.
Warning signs are shown in a triangle.
Example: Warning of hot surface!
Prohibiting signs are shown in a circle with a stroke.
Example: No open fire and smoking!
Commanding signs are shown in a circle with background fill-ing.
Example: Wear safety glasses!
1-0s
iche
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSSafety Notes Symbols Used in these Operating Instructions
1
NOTE: This symbol alerts to information concerning individual operat-ing steps, explanations or tips for simplified procedures.
In addition to this general sign further self-explanatory rectangu-lar signs are used.
Signs identifying a note are shown in a rectangle.
Example: Note calling attention to First Aid.
The following identifications are additionally used in this docu-ment:
The black dot identifies an “item requiring action”; it prompts you to perform an operation.
The ticked box prompts you to check something.
The pointing hand alerts you to something you need to pay special attention to while following a sequence of operating steps.
The information sign points out context information you are given along with a sequence of operating steps.
3
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1-0sicherit-gb-02-0111.fm
Safety Notes Important Safety Notes
4
1.2 Important Safety Notes
DANGER! Electric shock! Touching voltage conducting components can cause death! Before opening the cover plates, switch the unit off at the main switch! Before switching the unit on, be sure that it is not possible to touch voltage conducting components.
DANGER! Electric shock! Even after the power supply has been shut off, some circuits in the electrical module as well as the fan electronics are still conducting voltage for several minutes! Touching these components can cause death! After switching the power supply off, wait atleast 2 minutes, before you begin working in the vicin-ity of electrical components!
DANGER! Electric shock! Potential-free contacts may still conduct voltage after the supply voltage has been shut off. Touching these components can cause death! Touch potential-free contacts only when you can safely exclude that these conduct voltage!
1-0s
iche
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSSafety Notes Important Safety Notes
1
DANGER! Electric shock! Measuring, regulating and safety circuits con-duct voltage even after the main switch has been shut off. Touching these components can cause death! Only touch measuring, regulating and safety cir-cuit parts when the system has been switched voltageless!
DANGER! Severe injury inflicted by the fan impeller! Keep persons and objects away from the fan impeller! Open the double floor only when the supply power has been shut off and the fan impeller stands still! For maintenance jobs stop the fan whenever possible! Tie long hair! Do not wear loose-fitting clothes! After interruption of power supply, the fan will automatically start again!
DANGER! Injury may be inflicted by covers of the dou-ble floor that pop out! Due to overpressure in the double floor, covers may suddenly pop out after opening. Open the cover plates of the double floor only when fan stands still!
5
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1-0sicherit-gb-02-0111.fm
Safety Notes Important Safety Notes
6
DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and contact with the filter dust can present a health hazard. When removing the filters wear a breathing mask with filter insert type P2 and safety gloves! If the filters are exposed to hazardous sub-stances, be sure to wear additionally the protec-tive clothing required by the company operating!
DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and touching contaminents that are inevitably produced during operation of the unit may present a health hazard! Regularly clean the unit!
DANGER! Injury through sharp edges of the heat exchanger! Put on protective gloves before beginning with any assembly and cleaning work!
DANGER! Hands may be injured by gearwheels at the louver dampers! Keep hands off external gear wheels!
1-0s
iche
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSSafety Notes Important Safety Notes
1
DANGER! Hands may be injured by closing louver damper! Keep hands out of the moving range of the louver dampers!
DANGER! Burning hazard! Do not touch the heating, compressor, oil separator, steam humidifier, steam lance and the corresponding pipelines during operation and for some time afterward!
DANGER! Injury through falling objects! When transporting the unit with a hand pallet truck, forklift truck or crane, do not step below the lifted load!
7
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1-0sicherit-gb-02-0111.fm
Safety Notes Important Safety Notes
8
DANGER! Injury by refrigerant! Escaping gas may cause frostbite! Put on safety gloves and eye protection before working on the refrigerant circuit!
DANGER! Poisoning by refrigerant gases, which are generated by influence of heat! Put on safety gloves and respiratory protection with filter before commencing with soldering or welding on the refrigerant circuit! In case of larger leakage immediately stop smoking! Avoid fire and open light!
The refrigerants used are classified safety class A1 to DIN EN 378 regarding flammability and toxicity (no flaming; low toxicity).
ATTENTION! Danger of environmental pollution by escaping refrigerant! Prevent refrigerant from escaping to the environment wherever possible! If gases escape i nadvertently, absorb them by spraying with a water jet, allow residuals to evaporate.
NOTE: The owner of the air-conditioning unit is obligated to observe the rules for accident prevention relating to handling of refrigerants!
1-0s
iche
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSSafety Notes Important Safety Notes
1
Technical personnelonly!
First Aid upon Accidents with Refrigerants and Antifreezing Agents:
Upon inhaling: Ensure the injured person gets fresh air and rest. Call a medical doctor. Call an ambulance with respiratory equip-ment. If the person stops breathing: apply artificial respira-tion.
Upon eye contact: Do not rub the eyes! Rinse the eyes for atleast 15 minutes with plenty of lukewarm water while holding the eye lids open. Call a medical doctor.
Upon skin contact: Immediately wash for atleast 15 minutes with plenty of water. Call a medical doctor. Take off wetted clothing. Do not pull off clothing that is stick-ing to the skin.
Notes for the medical doctor:Do not give the patient compounds of the adrenaline ephedrine group and do not give catecholamines.
Operators and technical personnel: Installation, first operation, maintenance and repair of this unit may only be carried out by qualified fitters and electricians, or by Rittal service personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors, windows or cover plates may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electrical equipment; work on electrical components must only be performed by electri-cians.
The unit must only be operated by trained personnel.
9
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1-0sicherit-gb-02-0111.fm
Safety Notes Important Safety Notes
10
ATTENTION! Hazard of damage to the air-conditioning unit! Due to the strong negative pressure behind the doors and the isolation plate, objects may be drawn into the air-conditioning unit. Open the doors or the isolation plate only when fan stands still!
ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction! Do not modify the unit! Use only original spare parts!
ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction! Proper functioning of the air-conditioning unit can only be guar-anteed when it is operated at the defined ambient conditions. To the extent possible, ensure that the ambient conditions the design is based on are met, e. g. temperatures, air humidity, air purity.
ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction! All media required for control operation, e. g. warm water, must be available during the entire operating time of the air-condition-ing unit.
Intended Use: Depending on the version, Rittal air-conditioning units are used to cool, ventilate, humidify, filter and heat the air in rooms, build-ings or processing plants. It must be used exclusively for these purposes, other use is not allowed.
1-0s
iche
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSSafety Notes Important Safety Notes
1
NOTE: The following applies to refrigeration systems: DIN EN 378 requires the company operating the system to issue and maintain a system log book. The following information must be noted in it: Details about all maintenance jobs performed, volume and type (new, reused or recycled) refrigerant that has been filled in, volume of refrigerant drained from the system, result of an analysis of the refrigerant, if available, origin of reused refrigerant, changes to or replacement of system components, results of regular routine checks as well as prolonged periods of standstill.
NOTE: The following applies to refrigeration systems: According to the EU regulation 2037/2000 and ChemOzonSchichtV(Germany), the owner of the system must ensure that the system is regu-larly and professionally inspected and maintained as well as checked for tightness at least once a year by means of suitable devices. Leaks found must be repaired immediately.
11
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1-0sicherit-gb-02-0111.fm
Safety Notes Important Safety Notes
12
NOTE: According to the German water regulations (Wasserhaush-altsgesetz) § 19 the company operating the unit is obligated to employ specialised companies with the installation, the mainte-nance or cleaning of systems, unless the company operating meets those requirements. The company operating a system must continuously monitor the tightness of the system and the function of the safety equip-ment. In individual cases, the responsible authority can require the owner to conclude a monitoring contract with a specialist company, if the owner is not capable of fulfilling the require-ments himself. Additionally, the owner must have the system inspected by approved specialists, especially so before first operation, latest two and a half years after the last inspection, before re-commissioning a system that has been shut down for more than one year, when a system is de-commissioned. The responsible authority can require the owner to name a per-son in charge of water protection.
NOTE: Be sure to observe the applicable law on waste removal when disposing of the filters! If the filters are exposed to hazardous substances, the company operating must ensure proper training and equipment of the personnel with protective clothing!
Assembly and First Operation
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2
2 Assembly and First Operation
2.1 Transport, Storage
2.2 Notes on Disposal
2.3 Transport to Installation Site
2.4 Scope of Supply
2.5 Installation
2.6 Assembly
2.7 Media Connections
2.8 Electrical Connection
2.9 First Operation
13
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Transport, Storage
14
2.1 Transport, Storage
ATTENTION! Hazard of damage to the air-conditioning unit! Upon initial delivery, transport and store the air-conditioning unit only at temperatures between -10 and +50 °C, relative humidity max. 80 % r.H. (non condensing)! Transport and store the units only in suitable packaging. With or without packaging, store them exclusively in closed rooms.
If the exterior packaging is so seriously damaged that the contents may also be affected, inform the carrier.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Notes Concerning Disposal
2
2.2 Notes Concerning Disposal
Disposal of packaging materialsPlastic foil is used to protect the units, wooden crates as exterior packaging and wooden pallets for support. The packaging foils, securing bands and foam sheets are made of polyethylene (PE), the CFC-free cushioning parts are gen-erally made of foamed polystyrene (PS). These packaging materials consist of pure hydrocarbons and are therefore recyclable. The securing bands are made of steel. The wooden crates are not chemically treated.
Dispose of all packaging materials in accordance with regionally applicable regulations.
Disposal of the air-conditioning unitWhen the air-conditioning unit or its components are dis-posed off, the regionally applicable regulations for waste treatment and disposal must be observed.
Rittal offers taking back all air-conditioning units and their acces-sories provided these are shipped to us free of charge. Profes-sional disposal is then guaranteed.
A precondition is supply in cleansed condition: The units must be free of dangerous substances (air freight). The filters must be disposed off by the owner of the system. Refrigerants and oils from the refrigerant circuit may remain inside the unit.
Components added by third parties and machine parts that have not been supplied directly by Rittal are excluded from this take-back offer.
15
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Transport to the Installation Site
16
2.3 Transport to the Installation Site
DANGER! Injury through falling objects! When transporting the unit with a hand pallet truck, forklift truck or crane, do not step below the lifted load!
ATTENTION! Hazard of damage to the air-conditioning unit! Protect the air-conditioning unit from strong shock! Do not put the air-conditioning unit down on one of the corners! Do not burden housings in one spot only! Never lift the unit at pipes or other interior parts! When transporting the unit with a hand pallet truck or forklift, be sure the fork passes all the way under the module!
For transport and placement at the installation site, the air-conditioning unit has been braced with straps standing upright on a palette. It must remain on this pallet until it has been transported to a level floor allowing use of industrial trucks.
To unload it from a truck by means of a forklift truck, the unit should still remain on the pallet and should be secured on all four corners using belts to prevent tipping over.
When setting the unit down, ensure that the floor is capable of bearing its weight and that the unit cannot tip over!
Horizontal transport to the installation site: The unit has been designed for vertical transport to the installation site. If it shall be introduced into the building in horizontal position, proceed with utmost caution to ensure the walls and the heat exchanger are not damaged. We rec-ommend to contact Rittal Service before.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Transport to the Installation Site
2
Transport by crane: Note the weight of the unit (see Techni-cal Data) and the maximum loading capacity of the ring bolts of 700 kg each! Observe the admissible direction of pull on the ring bolts!
ATTENTION! Hazard of damage to the air-conditioning unit! For transport with a crane attached to the ring bolts, be sure not to damage the pipe connection that may be located on top of the unit. Employ transport brace! Always keep tensioning belts ten-sioned!
Transport by crane with ring bolts (illustration of principle)
Transport by crane with ring bolts
right
wrong
Observe the admissible loading direction!
Only for units up to 650 kg, single module without duct
For units as of 650 kg orwith duct connection
SINGLE MODULE
MULTI MODULE
connection
17
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Transport to the Installation Site
18
When transporting the unit with industrial trucks ensure that they have sufficient carrying capcity!
The unit can be transported with or without the pallet and packaging using an industrial truck, forklift, lifter or pulleys.
Do not stand on, walk or drive across the fan protection plates on the base or base box!
For transport inside the building and placing of the unit onto the base or base box we recommend using two hydraulic lift-ers, since their flat loading trays can be pulled out easily from underneath the unit once the unit has been positioned. The unit can also be positioned and put down precisely using such devices.
Secure the unit with tensioned belts and use edge protec-tors!
Placement at installation site using two lifters
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Scope of Supply
2
2.4 Scope of Supply
After unpacking the unit, ensure that all parts listed on the packing list have been supplied.
Check all parts for damage. If damage is detected, notify the carrier.
Compare the data on the nameplate of the air-conditioning unit and other modules with the packing list and the order documents.
Check that all the agreed documents and the correct operat-ing instructions have been supplied.
19
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Installation
20
2.5 Installation
The installation site must be protected from freezing.
Install the unit so that air can be aspirated or blown out unhindered at all connections.
To ensure even air supply to all air outlet plates, the supply air must be conducted inside the double floor with as few as possible obstructions. Cable ducts and water conducting lines should be installed so that they do not cross the air pas-sage inside the double floor!
To ensure even air supply to all air outlet plates install the unit at the face end of the rack rows!
Temperature and humidity sensors should not be directly affected by machines or equipment giving off heat or mois-ture. Prevent exposure to direct sunlight!
Ensure that sufficient space is available for operation and maintenance work. The space for maintenance in front of the unit should be at least 1 x housing depth. Infront of the base leave a free space of at least 600 mm for removal of the fan.
Ensure sufficient lighting of the installation site.
Ensure that the vibration insulation between the unit and the building structures is sufficient.
The vibration-insulating, height-adjustable unit feet of the fan base and the fan base achieve dampening of structure-borne noise and allow to compensate for uneven floor.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Assembly
2Technical personnelonly!
2.6 Assembly
The installation and first operation must be carried out exclu-sively by qualified mechanics and electricians or by Rittal service personnel.
Positioning the fan basePosition the fan base double floor; if provided for, adapt the adjustable feet to the height of the double floor plus approx. 5 mm, then level the fan base horizontally.
Since the adjustable feet are fitted with springs, the height of the fan base will be reduced by the weight the of air-condi-tioning unit.
Fan base
Connecting cable, control cable and pressure hoses for fan
Connections for
Water detector (optional)
supply air temperature sensor,maximum humidity limiter (optional)and water detector (optional)
21
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Assembly
22
Connecting fan basesIf you wish to install several units side by side, connect the bases by means of the supplied spacer bushes, threaded rods, washers and nuts.
Joining of bases (illustration of principle)
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Assembly
2
* If es m
late
ped*
for
Pipwit
edst.
pla
Connection to the double floorConnect the base to the double floor using the profiles sup-plied.
the stability of the false floor can be ensured by other means, the U-shaped profilay not be required.
Connection of support floor
Detail Z
C-shaped pro-file provided
False floor pon site by
U-shaprofile
Z-shaped
Support bracket C-shaped profile
Detail Ye sectionh bottom
Insert partHead plate with
Z
Ythread
by customer customer
providby cu
profile
te
23
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Assembly
24
* If t s ma
e
ped*
InseHeawith
r
ro-st.
r
edt.
Connection of control station floor
Connection of control station floor
he stability of the false floor can be ensured by other means, the C-shaped profiley not be required.
ZDetail Z
C-shaped pro-file provided
False floorplate, on sit
C-shaprofile
Y
Detail Y
Pipe sectionwith bottom plate
rt partd plate thread
Support bracket foC-shaped profile
Connector pvided by cu
by customer by custome
providby cus
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Assembly
2
Positioning the fan base box nThe fan base box is used as an alternative to the fan base. The base box is placed on the floor, e. g. if the space in the double floor is not sufficient or if there is no double floor.
Place the fan base box on the floor and level it horizontally.
Screw the four studs supplied into the threads at the corners of the base box.
Studs in the fan base box
25
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Assembly
26
Placing the unit on topRemove transport pallet from the underside of the unit.
Remove the fan cover plates from the top of the base or base box.
To achieve air-tightness class L1 apply a silicone bead to the fan base or base box.
Place the unit on top of the fan base or base box and align its front flush with the base frame.
Level the unit by means of the height-adjustable unit feet of the fan base or base box.
Fan protection plate, base box as example
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Assembly
2
Connecting the unit to the fan baseOpen the front doors.
The unit must be fastened in two positions to the fan base using the connecting brackets already installed inside the unit and bolts.
Fasten the connecting brackets on the left and right on the inside of the unit to the fan base by means of bolts.
Connecting bracket UKS CW, example
Connecting bracket
27
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Assembly
28
Connecting the unit to the fan base boxThe unit must be fastened in two positions at the front and rear to the fan base box using the four clips supplied.
Attach two each of the supplied clips to the horizontal edges at the front and rear of the unit and the base box.
Clip fixing the unit at the base box
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Assembly
2
Add-on box (optional)Remove the front panel of the add-on box.
Screw the four studs supplied into the threads at the corner of the unit (see illustration in section “Positioning the fan base box”).
Put the add-on box on top of the unit.
Fasten the add-on box to the unit. To do so, attach two each of the supplied clips to the horizontal edges at the front and rear of the add-on box and the unit (see illustration in section “Connecting the unit to the fan base box”).
Reinstall the front panel.
Add-on box, free-cooling add-on box as example
29
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Assembly
30
Opening the unitOpen the front doors and the isolation plate below the elec-trical module and then open the two small cover plates.
Pull off the display connector and open the cover plate of the electrical module using a screw driver.
Covers on Rittal CRAC System UKS as example
Display
Electrical
Isolation
Small cover plates
connector
coverplate
plate
rent)(transpa-
module
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Assembly
2
Removing the transport safety device for the filtersUnhinge the hooks of the fastenings straps, which secure the filters during transport, from the heat exchanger frame and remove the fastening straps.
Fastening straps for securing during transport; example of UKS CW
31
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Assembly
32
FanFor each fan, feed two fan pressure hoses from the bottom through the cable feed openings into the unit, then conduct them along behind the center rib and to the electrical mod-ule.
The ends of the pressure hoses remain open!
Per fan feed one plug of the power-supply cable and one plug of the control cable through the cable feed openings in the base or base box and connect them to the mating con-nectors inside the unit.
Plug the rubber membrane grommet onto the cable feed openings.
The membrane grommets have already been attached to the connecting cables.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Assembly
2
Supply-air temperature sensorThe supply-air temperature sensor is fastened to the bottom of the fan base or base box.
Feed the connecting cable of the supply-air temperature sensor from the bottom through the cable feed opening into the unit, then conduct it behind the center rib to the electrical module and connect it as outlined in the electric diagram.
Plug the rubber membrane grommet onto the cable feed openings.
Position the supply-air temperature sensor in the on-site double floor so it measures in the direct supply-air flow to the unit.
Outdoor air temperature sensor (Option)The outdoor air temperature sensor is supplied separately when the option “free cooling” has been ordered.
Feed the connecting cable of the outside air temperature sensor from the bottom through the cable feed opening into the unit, then conduct it behind the center rib to the electrical module and connect it as outlined in the electric diagram.
Install the outdoor air temperature sensor at the outside housing wall in the shade and in northern, north-eastern direction; be sure it is not installad near exhaust air open-ings.
Maximum humidity limiter (optional)In units with humidification, a maximum humidity limiter may be installed to limit the maximum relative air humidity. If it is included, it is installed in the fan base or base box.
Feed the connecting cable of the maximum humidity limiter from the bottom through the cable feed opening into the unit, then conduct it along the center rib to the electrical module and connect it as indicated in the electric diagram.
33
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Assembly
34
Water detector (optional)The water detector is fastened to the bottom of the fan base or base box.
Feed the connecting cable of the water detector from the bottom through the cable feed opening into the unit, then conduct it along the center rib to the electrical module and connect it as indicated in the electric diagram.
Position the water detector in the on-site double floor at a maximum distance of 1 m to the unit; for instance, you may fasten it on the floor next to a unit foot.
External louver dampers (optional)If the external louver dampers have not already been installed by the factory, fasten these with at least 4 bolts as shown in the overview drawing contained in the data section.
Install the stepper motors, lay out the connecting cables to the electrical module and connect them as outlined in the electric diagram.
Air connections (optional)To achieve air-tightness class L1, all air connections must be made air-tight, to ensure no air may be drawn in or blown out at the connection.
Connect all air connections as shwon in the overview draw-ing in the data section.
The pipe connection must not be constrained mechanically.
Achieve potential equalisation by means of potential equali-sation straps fastened to earthing studs, bolts pushed through housing parts or rivet nuts (installed in the duct). Do not use self-tapping sheet metal screws! Do not use the flange connecting bolts! Be sure contact is actually achieved!
Label the connections as protective earth contacts.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Media Connections
2Technical personnelonly!
2.7 Media Connections
The installation and first operation must be carried out exclu-sively by qualified mechanics and electricians or by Rittal service personnel.
Depending on the unit type and configuration, the following con-nections must be made according to the overview drawing in the data section.
pumped chilled water (PCW supply and return)condensate drain (condensate)humidifier water (supply and drain)hot-gas refrigerant (HG-KM)fluid refrigerant (FL-KM)
All connections are unmistakably identified by the designations here given.
To achieve air-tightness class L1, all media connections must be made air-tight, to ensure no air may be drawn in or blown out at the connecting lines.
Supply lines in generalAll supply lines must be laid and connected according to the applicable rules for refrigerating and piping. Remove the plugs, feed the lines through the cut-outs in the fan base or base box and connect them to the lines inside the unit. Install lines without constraint!
NOTE: When installing lines, ensure their accessibility for maintenance and sufficient length allowing to pull out the fan drawer! The space for maintenance in front of the fan should be at least 600 mm. Never install lines across the face of the fan! When installing lines, be sure the supply-air flow inside the dou-ble floor is hindered as little as possible. Install lines so that they do not cross the air passage inside the double floor!
35
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Media Connections
36
Chilled-water lines (CW)When connecting the return line, install a union on site below the control valve!
Connect the external piping system to the supply and return connections at the unit (inside threads).
Install the insulation hose, e. g. of Armaflex, and paste it sealproof to the connections at the unit.
Carefully rinse the piping system; via the inlet or KFE cock at the heat exchanger fill the system with medium and vent it at the venting valve on the collector of the heat exchanger.
Check for tightness.
Chilled waterThe chilled water must have drinking water quality. A mixture of glycol and drinking water is likewise admissible. The con-centration must be >20% for Antifrogen N, and > 25% for Antifrogen L. If the concentration is too low, flakes or slime may form due to biological growth, resulting in reduced flow. The same may be caused by leaks or penetration of light. The concentration must be checked at least once per year. If chlorinated water is used with a concentration exceeding > 0.3 ppm this may cause holes due to corrosion!
If contamination must be reckoned with, install a filter with a pitch of < 0.6 mm.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Media Connections
2
Refrigerant lines leading to an external condenser (DX)
Be sure to observe the separate instructions for the con-denser!
When planning the piping layout ensure that the lines between the air-conditioning unit and the condenser are as short as possible. Only allow for exceptions to save unnec-essary bents.
If at all possible, do not conduct refrigerant lines through rooms in which people are staying, such as offices and meeting rooms.
Install horizontal hot-gas and suction gas lines always with inclination toward the condenser.
If the hot-gas line is longer than 25 m, an oil separator must be installed.
When laying out the refrigerant lines, be sure no sag is cre-ated in which oil may collect; install oil traps if necessary.
If the condenser is installed higher than the air-conditioning unit (e.g. when installed on roof-top), oil traps must be installed in the hot-gas and suction gas lines every 2.5 to 3 metres, even if an oil separator has been installed.
If the condenser is installed more than 5 m lower than the air-conditioning unit (e.g. when installed outdoors), subcool-ing is required. Consult with Rittal in such cases.
If a refrigerant collector is provided for, it must be installed in flow direction directly behind the condenser in the liquid line and must be installed at a lower level than the condenser.
If the system operates at an ambient temperature of below -16 °C during the winter season, the collector must be installed near the air-conditioning unit. Additionally the sys-tem must be furnished with a head pressure control valve and a non-return valve in the refrigerant line to prevent excessive accumulation of refrigerant at the coldest spot in the system, that is at the condenser.
37
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Media Connections
38
Pipe bracketsInstall pipe brackets every 2 m for semi-hard copper pipes, every 1 m for soft copper pipes and ensure vibration damp-ening.
The first pipe bracket downstream of the air-conditioning unit and upstream of the condenser should be elastic. Pipe brackets must not be too close to bents, to allow elongation of lines.
The piping system may be made exclusively of special cop-per pipes that have been cleansed inside and sealed on both ends.
Installing the pipingTo connect the refrigerant piping system open the line ends on the unit and the condenser. Upon opening, gas must escape audibly (ex works nitrogen filling); this is evidence that there are no leakages in the refrigerating circuit.
Cut lines exclusively using a pipe cutting device!
Never saw lines open, to prevent generation of sawing swarf!
Only solder lines while using nitrogen as a protective gas! To achieve this, introduce dry nitrogen on one end of the line already prepared. Before starting soldering, introduce a gen-erous nitrogen flow, when starting soldering reduce it to a minimum and maintain this low protective gas flow during the entire soldering process.
Before soldering the last connection, open one screwed union, to prevent overpressure in the piping system. Upon soldering retighten the connection!
As an alternative to soldering you may use crimping. How-ever, limit crimped connections to annealed pipes with a diameter of max. 20 mm! After cutting the pipes, slightly open the pipe to the correct inside diameter. The crimps must be tightened to the correct torque using a torque wrench.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Media Connections
2
Insulation of the liquid lines:
The liquid lines outside the building must be insulated using a heat insulation of Armaflex or an equivalent material.
A wall thickness of 9 mm is recommended. The insulation effect increases only slightly with rising wall thickness.
Insulation of the hot-gas lineThe hot-gas lines must be insulated inside the building wher-ever they could be touched, to prevent burns.
39
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Media Connections
40
Working on the refrigerant circuit, general information
Pressure stability and tightness inspection:
Fill and pressurise the system using dry nitrogen at a pres-sure of min. 28 bar. The Rotalock valves on the intake and pressure sides of the compressors must be closed. This ensures the compressors are not subjected to the test pres-sure.
Check the system for tightness. We recommend to inspect all connections for tightness, including screwed joints, by applying moisture with a brush or by spraying.
EvacuatingUpon successful pressure testing, the air still remaining in the system must be removed. To do so, connect a vacuum pump and evacuate the system to a pressure of < 0.3 mbar (absolute pressure).
If at all possible evacuate from both ends of the compressor, that is from the intake and the pressure side.
Fill the system with dry nitrogen and repeat the evacuation. This removes air and remaining moisture from the system.
Filling with refrigerantIf possible, fill the system with a specified refrigerant weight or by checking at the sight glass. Fill the refrigerant in liquid state into the liquid line until the filling volume reaches the calculated filling volume most exactly. Thereafter switch the unit on and, while it runs, continue filling carefully and slowly from the intake side of the compressor, until no more bub-bles are visible at the sight glass.
Note the refrigerant volume filled in on the nameplate.
Refrigerant filling volumes for unit and condenser see techni-cal data. Determine the refrigerant filling volume for the pip-ing system from the individual lengths and interior diameters of the refrigerant lines.
The weight of the refrigerant volume actually filled in is deter-mined during filling by means of a refrigerant bottle.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Media Connections
2
Oil Separator (optional)
If an oil separator is provided for, it is normally already installed in the unit.
Install the oil separator in the hot-gas line in vertical position as close as possible to the compressor.
Install the non-return valve provided at the outlet of the oil separator.
Fill the oil separator through its outlet with 0.5 l of the same oil used in the compressor (initial filling), to ensure the oil float switch is activated upon system start.
We recommend to protect the oil separator from vibration and gas pressure fluctuations by means of vibration and pul-sation dampers installed between the compressor and the oil separator.
Oil separator
1. Oil separator2. Oil return line to the crank case of
the compressor
3. Compressor4. Condenser
41
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Media Connections
42
Condensate drain, ball-type return lock siphon and external pump (optional)
Conduct the on-site HT pipe for condensate drain with one end through the fan base or base box, through the mem-brane grommet in the unit bottom and connect it to the con-densate drain connection inside the unit.
Lay the pipe for the condensate drain using HT tube in such a way that the condensate can flow into a drain or funnel at a slope of at least 3° and free from counter pressure (never connect it directly to the on-site sewer system).
Install the ball-type return lock siphon as well as an external pump (optional) downstream of it in the condensate drain pipe as closely as possible to the outlet opening inside the fan base or base box.
We recommend to install the pump in a pan or similar collec-tor. The hose connected to the pump should have an inside diameter of 13 to 15 mm.
Be sure it remains accessible for maintenance!
The special siphon with return lock supplied separately must be used to prevent condensate from being sucked back into the unit in case of negative pressure or pressure fluctions, e. g. upon power-up of the unit.
Open the siphon by turning the triangular cap left until stop.
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Media Connections
2
Humidifier (optional)
Humidifier inletBefore connecting carefully rinse the water supply line.
Connect the humidifier inlet to the connections at the air-con-ditioning unit.
Connect it by means of the union nut G ¾ (unit side) and the nipple G ½ (installation side).
Minimum diameter of the supply line: 8 mm
Admissible inlet pressure 1.0 ... 10.0 bar (system without pressure fluctuations). For supply pressures > 10 bar the inlet pressure must be reduced to 2.0 bar by means of a pressure reducing valve. For supply pressures < 1 bar con-tact Rittal.
Supply volume: 1 l/min per 15 kg/h steam output
Admissible inlet temperature: 1...40 °C
A shut-off valve should be installed into the inlet line outside the unit.
Humidifier returnConnect the humidifier return to a dedicated ball-type return lock siphon! Further down it may join the condensate drain pipe only downstream of the siphon of the condensate drain!
Connect the humidifier outlet to the connections at the air-conditioning unit.
Use only heat-resistant installation materials!
The water returns pressure-free. To ensure the water cannot bank up, the first section of the drain line should lead verti-cally down for at least 50 cm. The humidifier return must be connected to a dedicated ball-type return lock siphon. Fur-ther down it may join the condensate drain pipe only down-stream of the siphon of the condensate drain!
The minimum interior diameter of the drain line of 30 mm must be adhered to for the entire length.
The drain line should be readily accessible for inspection and cleaning and must be fastened appropriately.
Drain volume: approx 2.5 l/min per 15 kg/h steam output
Drainage temperature: 60...100 °C
43
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Media Connections
44
Minimum slope downstream of the siphon: 10 %
Humidifying waterThe humidifying water must have drinking water quality. Exception: Some external humidifiers may also be operated with fully desalinizated water (see separate manual). Such water is not potable!
Do not use unreduced, softened water!
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Media Connections
2
Position of unit connections
Unit connections UKS CW
Connecting point for condensate drain
Connecting point for chilled water inlet
Humidifier inlet
Connecting point for humidifier return
Connecting point for chilled water return
45
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Media Connections
46
Unit connections UKS CW2
Connecting point for condensate drain
Connecting point for chilled water inlet
Humidifier inlet
Connecting point for humidifier return
Connecting point for chilled water return, cooler 2Cooler 1
Cooler 2
Cooler 1
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Media Connections
2
Unit connections UKS DX
Connecting point for condensate drain
Connecting point refrigeranthot-gas line (hot-gas)
Humidifier inlet
Connecting point for humidifier return
Connecting point refrigerantFluid line
47
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation Electrical Connection
48
Technical personnelonly!
2.8 Electrical Connection
The electrical connections must be made by a qualified electri-cian or by Rittal service personnel.
The electrical module contains all the electrical functions for the unit. It is integrated in the basic module of the air-condi-tioning unit as a separate unit. All the electrical components are wired and fitted with fuses in accordance with VDE guidelines. Operating, failure and warning messages can be passed on to master control systems.
Pull off the display connector and open the cover plate of the electrical module using a screw driver.
Electrical module
Main switch
Electrical module cover plate
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation Electrical Connection
2
Wire external consumers to circuit breakers.
Wire external control cables according to the electrical dia-gram.
Connect external control cables to the terminal rail, and sen-sor lines to the control unit.
Connect the unit to the power supply at the power supply ter-minals on the main switch (see figure, right-hand rotation field). For the electrical connection data refer to the Techni-cal Data.
NOTE: Operating the spring terminals: Push a screwdriver into the square unlocking opening. Feed the wire into the circular opening. Remove the screwdriver - the conductor is clamped savely.
Install the on-site Emergency switching off/emergency stop equipment in the power supply line outside the hazard zone.
To achieve air-tightness class L1, all outbound lines must be made air-tight, to ensure no air may be drawn in or blown out at the lines.
DANGER! Electric shock! Touching voltage conducting components can cause death! The electrical module must be opened only by electricians, and they alone are allowed to work on it.
49
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation First Operation
50
Component
Ensure readFan-unit
Filter
Cooling with external condenser
Heat exchanger
Technical personnelonly!
2.9 First Operation
NOTE: Observe the safety notes in chapter 1!
The installation and first operation must be carried out exclu-sively by qualified mechanics and electricians, or by Rittal ser-vice personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors and windows may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electrical equipment; work on electrical components must only be performed by electricians.
For details concerning first operation of device components also refer to chapter 6 - Device Components. For external compo-nents please observe the separate instructions in chapter 7 - Additional Documents!
The following table is meant as a checklist exclusively for first operation by technical or Rittal service personnel. Depending on the equipment of the unit, not all items may be relevant. In such cases tick na for not applicable.
To be tested Test method na ok Remarks
iness of unit:All fastenings on motors and wheels tightened?
Visually or pull-ing
Correct filter type used? Visually
Filter inserted, correctly oriented
By hand/ visu-ally
- Piping system evacu-ated?
Vacuum meas-uring device
Refrigerant in system? Sight glass
In good condition? Visually
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation First Operation
2
Compressors of the refrigeration module
PCW
Integrated steam humidifier
Condensate drainpump
Component
Rotalock valves opened?
Visually
Rotalock valves seal-tight?
Retighten with torque wrench
1“-14 UNF: 100 Nm 1 1/4“-12 UNF: 110 Nm 1 3/4“-12 UNF: 180 Nm 2 1/4“-12 UNF: 200 Nm
Chilled water supply available? All valves in supply and return sys-tems open?
Function test
Control valve working? Function test (open/close)
Exchanger for PCW vented?
Venting valve
Water supply line sealtight?
Visually
Water quality: ensure drinking water quality. (Exception: see chapt. humidification)
Customer's cer-tificate
Is the water supply line tight and has it been rinsed carefully?
Visually
Check connection state Terminal plan
Humidifier output adjusted correctly?
Electric dia-gram, jumper and potentiom-eter
Filter cleaning: Outlet piping tight or open out-let okay?
Manually clean with water from water filled cyl-inder
Supply voltage availa-ble?
Main switch ON: check at terminals acc. to electric dia-gram
Pressure hose installed correctly?
Visually
Function Fill condensate pan with water
To be tested Test method na ok Remarks
51
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation First Operation
52
Louver dampers
Housing
Supply and dis-charge lines
Electric module
Control systems
Component
Damper axes tightly fit-ted in the adjusting motors? Damper axes moving easily?
Visually/by hand
All dirt from installation removed?
Visually inside and outside
Air inlet and outlet free? Visually
Front doors closed? Visually
Air and supply pipes correctly connected?
Visually
All stop valves open? Manual test
Chilled water supply available?
Manual test
Condensate piping tight?
Fill condensate pan with water, check visually
Siphon opened? Turn the trian-gular cap left until stop
All cables securely fas-tened to spring-latch terminals?
Check individu-ally
Terminal connections as per plan (unless wired by manufac-turer)?
Terminal plan
All fuses ok? Visually
Supply voltage availa-ble?
Main switch ON: is control display acti-vated?
Correctly connected (right-hand rotation field)?
Rotation-field gauge
All settings made on controllers?
Operating ele-ments
Pressure transducers for monitoring of filter contamination and vol-ume flow measurement set to correct values?
Check pres-sure trans-ducer visually, also see elec-tric diagram
To be tested Test method na ok Remarks
2-0m
onta
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSAssembly and First Operation First Operation
2
Checks to bmeasuremeFan
Cooling system/ condenser
Supply and dis-charge lines
Integrated steam humidifier
Louver dampers
Component
e performed while unit is operating (issue protocol of nts!):
Current consumption of fan motor within toler-ance?
Ampèremeter
Fan-wheel rotation direction correct?
By sight at out-let, compare with direction of arrow
Wheel correctly fas-tened and balanced? Motor bearings running smoothly?
Vibrations, operating noises
Refrigerant filling Let compres-sor run, no bub-bles in sight glass
Setting values of con-denser control system and safety devices (pressostats)
Measure, com-pare with set values
Superheating Expansion valve
Moisture Moisture indica-tor in sight glass
Filter dryer: tempera-ture difference inlet/out-let
Measurement ΔT = 1 K
Hot-gas bypass: check power control
Functional check 0-100% or 50/100%
Oil level at the com-pressor
Let compres-sor run, sight glass
Check correct conden-sate drain
Check for leaks visually
PCW media available? Manual test
Interlocks released (e.g. safety hygrostat)?
Function test
All actuators working? Visually/ measurement
To be tested Test method na ok Remarks
53
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
2-0montarit-gb-02-0111.fm
Assembly and First Operation First Operation
54
Control systems
Monitoring func-tions
Component
Volume flow setting cor-rect?
Differential pressure meas-urement at inlet nozzle
Does the motor over-load switch react?
Set below measured cur-rent
Does the flow monitor-ing system trigger via pressure transducer?
Pull off air hose at the pressure transducer
Does the filter-pressure monitoring work?
Measure and set below filter resistance
Safety thermostat of electric heater > 65°C
a) Hot air b) Disconnect at terminal rail
To be tested Test method na ok Remarks
Operation
3-0b
edie
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3
3 Operation
3.1 Front Doors and Cover Plates
3.2 Main Switch
NOTE: For information concerning the actual operation of the air-condi-tioning unit please refer to the separate controller manual.
55
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3-0bedierit-gb-02-0111.fm
Operation Front Doors and Cover Plates
56
3.1 Front Doors and Cover Plates
DANGER! Electric shock! Touching voltage conducting components can cause death! Before opening the cover plates, switch the unit off at the main switch! Before switching the unit on, be sure that it is not possible to touch voltage conducting components. Only persons trained to work on electrical instal-lations or electricians may open the cover plates.
3-0b
edie
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSOperation Front Doors and Cover Plates
3
Open the front doors at the locks in the handles.
Push the bar on the isolation plate below the electrical mod-ule inward and remove the isolation plate.
Open the bottom small cover plates using a screw driver.
Pull off the display connector and open the cover plate of the electrical module using a screw driver.
Before re-installing the cover plate of the electrical module, feed the display connector through the cut-out in the cover plate.
Covers on UKS DX, example
Display
Electrical
Isolation
Small cover plates
connector
coverplate (transpa-
plate
rent)
Mainswitch
module
57
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3-0bedierit-gb-02-0111.fm
Operation Main Switch
58
3.2 Main Switch
The air-conditioning unit is connected to the power supply source via the main switch.
Switching the air-conditioning unit on:Turn main switch to I (On).
Power up air-conditioning unit at the controller.
Switching the air-conditioning unit off (observe sequence!):
Power down air-conditioning unit at the controller.
Upon standstill of the fan, turn the main switch to 0 (Off).
Maintenance
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4
Technical personnelonly!
4 Maintenance
4.1 Monthly Maintenance
4.2 Semi-Yearly Maintenance
4.3 Yearly Maintenance
4.4 Cleaning
NOTE: Observe the safety notes in chapter 1!
The installation and first operation must be carried out exclusively by qualified mechanics or electricians, or Rittal service personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors and cover plates may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electrical equipment; work on electrical components must only be performed by electricians.
For details concerning maintenance of device components also refer to chapter 6 - Device Components. For external components please observe the separate instructions in chapter 7 - Additional Documents!
59
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Monthly Maintenance
60
MaintenComponenassembly
Humidificat
Fan
Refrigerant
Heat excha
Condensatepump
Condensate
Pumps
1) Personn2) Mainten
4.1 Monthly Maintenance
ance frequency: monthlyt / Maintenance operation To be done
by ...
1) 2)
ion Check for dirt and function! Check process! Replace the cyl-inder if required - then reset the maintenance display.
Check smooth running of fan
Check motor bearings for noises
system Check smooth running of fan
Check piping for traces of oil (leaks)
nger Check PCW heat exchanger for contamination of the rib package
drain Check strainer, container and float switch for contamination
drain Unscrew ball-type return lock siphon and check it for con-tamination
Check for tightness and smooth run
el qualified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.ance by Rittal service personnel only
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Semi-Yearly Maintenance
4
MaintenComponenassembly
Fan
Air filter
Refrigerant
Louver dam
Supply andcharge line
Electric hea
1) Personn2) MaintenAdditionall
4.2 Semi-Yearly Maintenance
ance frequency: semi-yearly (with report)t / Maintenance operation To be done
by ...
1) 2)
Check motor overload switch combination
Check amount of contamination, replace if necessary
Check filter and filter seat for leaks
Check filter monitoring systems
system Measure temperature of hot-gas line
Measure temperature of suction pipe, check for icing
Measure temperatures for superheating, subcooling, evapo-ration and condensation temperature
Check high-pressure and low-pressure circuitry
Check pressure control of condenser fan
At sight glass and at full load check for bubbles in the refrig-erant
Check the oil level at the sight glass of the compressor
Check parts containing refrigerant for traces of oil
Check all refrigerant carrying parts for leakage
pers Check firm seating of axles in drive motors, check for smooth run; operating direction correct?
dis-s
Check all flexible connections for leakage
Clean all condensate drains, incl. the siphons
Check all condensate drains, incl. the siphons, for function
Clean all pans
Check and clean dirt trap
ting Safety thermostat of electrical heater: check function
el qualified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.ance by Rittal service personnel onlyy perform the jobs required monthly!
61
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Semi-Yearly Maintenance
62
Electric mocontrol/regu
Housing
MaintenComponenassembly
1) Personn2) MaintenAdditionall
dule/ lation
Check fuses
Check function of contactors and relays
Check terminals and signal lamps
Set limit values ok?
Determine actual values for temperature and humidity, com-pare to set values
Clean inside of unit
ance frequency: semi-yearly (with report)t / Maintenance operation To be done
by ...
1) 2)
el qualified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.ance by Rittal service personnel onlyy perform the jobs required monthly!
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Yearly Maintenance
4
MaintenComponenassembly
Internal hum
Fan
Refrigerant
1) Personn2) MaintenAdditionallmaintenan
4.3 Yearly Maintenance
ance frequency: at least yearly (with report)t / Maintenance operation To be done
by ...
1) 2)
idifier Clean inlet and drain valve, drainage channel and parts inside the unit; check drainage line incl. siphon, all hoses and electr. lines.
Clean impeller
Check current consumption of drive motor
system Measure power consumption of compressor at maximum operating pressure
Check filter dryer for icing, replace if necessary
Check function of expansion valve and injection
If an external condenser is used: Perform maintenance as specified in the instructions of its manufacturer
el qualified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.ance by Rittal service personnel onlyy perform the jobs listed in the tables for monthly and semi-yearly ce!
63
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
64
4.4 Cleaning
DANGER! Electric shock! Touching voltage conducting components can cause death! Before opening the doors or removing the cover plate of the electrical module, switch the unit off at the main switch! Before switching the unit on, be sure that it is not possible to touch voltage conducting components.
DANGER! Electric shock! Even after the power supply has been shut off, some circuits in the electrical module as well as the fan electronics are still conducting voltage for several minutes! Touching these components can cause death! After switching the power supply off, wait atleast 2 minutes, before you begin working in the vicin-ity of electrical components!
DANGER! Electric shock! Potential-free contacts may still conduct voltage after the supply voltage has been shut off. Touching these components can cause death! Touch potential-free contacts only when you can safely exclude that these conduct voltage!
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning
4
DANGER! Electric shock! Measuring, regulating and safety circuits con-duct voltage even after the main switch has been shut off. Touching these components can cause death! Only touch measuring, regulating and safety cir-cuit parts when the system has been switched voltageless!
DANGER! Severe injury inflicted by the fan impeller! Keep persons and objects away from the fan impeller! Open the double floor only when the supply power has been shut off and the fan impeller stands still! For maintenance jobs stop the fan whenever possible! Tie long hair! Do not wear loose-fitting clothes! After interruption of power supply, the fan will automatically start again!
DANGER! Injury may be inflicted by covers of the dou-ble floor that pop out! Due to overpressure in the double floor, covers may suddenly pop out after opening. Open the cover plates of the double floor only when fan stands still!
65
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
66
DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and contact with the filter dust can present a health hazard. When removing the filters wear a breathing mask with filter insert type P2 and safety gloves! If the filters are exposed to hazardous sub-stances, be sure to wear additionally the protec-tive clothing required by the company operating!
DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and touching contaminents that are inevitably produced during operation of the unit may present a health hazard! Regularly clean the unit!
DANGER! Injury through sharp edges of the heat exchanger! Put on protective gloves before beginning with any assembly and cleaning work!
DANGER! Hands may be injured by gearwheels at the louver dampers! Keep hands off external gear wheels!
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning
4
DANGER! Hands may be injured by closing louver damper! Keep hands out of the moving range of the lou-ver dampers!
DANGER! Burning hazard! Do not touch the heating, compressor, oil separator, steam humidifier, steam lance and the corresponding pipelines during operation and for some time afterward!
ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction! Do not modify the unit! Be sure to use only original spare parts!
NOTE: Observe the local regulations for water protection when dispos-ing of the cleaning water.
67
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
68
4.4.1 Filters
Switch the unit off at the operating mode selector switch and the main switch.
Open the doors and the isolation plate.
Keep the cover plate of the electrical module closed during cleaning work.
The filters must not get wet. Therefore, they must be removed before commencing with cleaning.
Removing the filterRecord the arrangement of the filters.
Remove the filters.
Later the filters have to be reinstalled in the original arrange-ment.
Filter; example of UKS CW
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning
4
4.4.2 Fan
The unit is switched off.
Filter removed.
Open the double floor.
If the heat exchanger is to be cleansed as well, the fan must be removed before, to ensure no liquid will drip into the fan.
If only the fan is to be cleansed, it can remain inside the unit. To simplify cleaning of the rear section, the two locking bolts on the carrier plate of the fan unit can be loosened and the fan unit be pulled forward a little.
Removing the fan:Disconnect the fan control and power supply lines in the base or base box.
Unscrew the two fastening screws on the top end of the safety grid and remove the safety grid.
69
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
70
Loosen all 4 locking bolts on the carrying plate of the fan unit a little, first unscrew 2 of them on one side completely, then those on the other side.
Pull out the fan unit, lift it up in front and then have two per-sons remove it from the double floor.
The cut-outs in the guide profile allows to lift the fan up in front while pulling it out and then to remove it upward.
Cleaning the fan:Clean the fan and all parts inside the fan compartment with household detergent and a wet cloth.
Do not spray-clean it!
Fan unit
Locking bolts
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning
4
4.4.3 Heat Exchanger
The unit is switched off.
Fan and filter have been removed.
Doors and isolation plate have been opened.
Removing the electrical heating and the safety thermo-stat (optional equipment):
Remove the cover plate of the electrical module using a screw driver.
Remove the small cover plates below the filters.
Loosen the two screws of the electrical heating (optional), disconnect the connecting cable in the electrical module (see electric diagram) and remove the electrical heating.
Loosen the two screws of the safety thermostat (optional), disconnect the connecting cable in the electrical module (see electric diagram) and remove the safety thermostat.
Re-install the cover plate of the electrical module.
Electrical heating and the safety thermostat (optional equipment)
Electrical
Safetythermostat
heating
71
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
72
Cleaning the heat exchanger:Lay out the entire bottom range with a stable foil up to a height of approx. 40 cm, so the cleaning water cannot flow out to the front. Fasten the foil, e. g. with adhesive tape, to the unit's rear and side walls; also cover possible pipe con-nections and dampers.
Guide the foil out of the unit to the front and put a pan under-neath it.
Spray the heat exchanger with a fine water jet, e. g. from a spraying lance.
Do not use a high-pressure cleaner, do not use a metal brush!
Heat exchanger; example of UKS CW
Heatexchanger
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning
4
In case of normal contamination do not use cleaning agents. In case of strong contamination use special heat exchanger cleaning agent and rinse generously with water.
Be sure electrical components will not get wet!
Remove the foil.
73
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
74
4.4.4 Internal Steam Humidifier (optional)
The first maintenance must be scheduled after approx. 500 operating hours, thereafter once a year. Also, if the yellow LED lights up continuously, the steam cylinder must be replaced.
For cleaning, do not use solvents, aromatic or halogenated hydrocarbons or other aggressive substances. Disinfectants must only be used if they do not leave any poisonous resi-dues. After cleaning, carefully rinse.
While cleaning be sure not to wet any electrical connections.
Check the inlet line for tightness, seal it if required.
Decommissioning the steam-air humidifier:
Close the water supply line.
Briefly the press desludging/info button, then wait 5 to 10 minutes until the steam cylinder is empty.
Disconnect the steam cylinder from the power supply according to the electric diagram.
continued on the next page
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning
4
Loosen the hose clamp of the steam hose using a screw-driver, then pull the hose off the steam connection (1).
Pull the plugs of the electrode cables and the sensor cable (2), take note of the connections before!
Carefully push the steam cylinder to the top from the sup-ports on the side and rear and remove it to the front (3).
Carefully put the steam cylinder down.
Removing the steam cylinder (sample illustration)
75
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
76
Cleaning the drain valve (in course of yearly mainte-nance)
Disconnect the electric supply cable of the drain valve (1).
Loosen the hose clamp and pull off the filling hose of the drain valve (2).
Loosen two fastening screws using a cross-recess screw driver, then remove the drain valve (3).
Disassemble the drain valve.
Clean the drain valve and drain channel using standard cleaning agent and decalcifier. Thereafter carefully rinse!
Reassemble and install the drain valve in reverse sequence.
Check the O-ring for damage, replace it if necessary.
Removal of drain valve
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning
4
Cleaning the inlet valve (in course of yearly mainte-nance)
Disconnect the electric supply cable of the inlet valve (1).
Loosen the hose clamp and pull off the hose of the inlet valve (2).
Loosen the cap nut of the water connecting pipe (3), loosen the two fastening screws with a cross-recess screw driver (4) and remove the inlet valve.
Clean the inlet valve using standard cleaning agent and decalcifier. Thereafter carefully rinse!
Be sure the electrical connections and components remain dry!
Reassemble and install the inlet valve in reverse sequence.
Clean the remaining components inside the unit, e. g. the fill-ing cup and console bottom, with a wet rag but without cleaning agent.
Removal of inlet valve
77
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
78
Check the water hoses inside the unit for fissures and cor-rect fastening; Replace defective hoses.
Check the drain line, decalcify and rinse if required.
Correctly insert the steam cylinder into the supports on the side and rear and carefully push it down into the drain valve until stop.
In course of yearly maintenance, reinstall the steam cylinder previously removed; if the yellow LED is continuously on, install a new steam cylinder.
Reconnect the electric cables as noted down before to the electrode connections and the sensor connection.
Fasten the steam hose to the steam connection of the steam cylinder using a hose clamp.
Only lightly tighten the hose clamp at the connection!
Check all cables of the electrical installation inside the unit for proper seating and condition of the installation.
Resetting the maintenance display (upon replacement of the cylinder):
Press the desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1) while the unit is switched off and keep it pressed; then set the circuit-breaker (50S2 or 51S2) to ON (this activates the steam-air humidifier) and do not let go of the desludging button, before the system test is complete (approx 10 s).
4-0w
arib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSMaintenance Cleaning
4
4.4.5 Interior Rooms and Piping
Visually inspect all sheet metal joints and edges near the bottom inside the housings for damaged sealing seams. Repair damaged spots with the sealing agent prescribed for the unit.
Clean the steam lance, incl. steam hose, humidifier and humidifier return (optional) with household detergent and a wet cloth.
Check steam lance and steam lance condensate drain for lime accumulations. Remove lime residues, then rinse. If the lime accumulations are grave, replace the steam lance and steam lance condensate drain.
Clean all parts inside the unit on all sides with household detergent and a wet cloth.
Be sure electrical components will not get wet.
Check hoses for fissures and correct fastening, replace defective hoses.
Clean all interior walls of the entire unit with household detergent and a wet cloth.
Clean the fins of the louver damper from the inside when closed.
Do not open the dampers for cleaning!
Clean the condensate pan and the condensate drain con-nection using household detergent and a wet cloth. If required, remove the condensate pan for cleaning. To do so, unscrew the cover plate in front of the condensate pan; loosen the condensate pan and the condensate drain turning it 90° left. Swivel the condensate pan down at the rear and pull it out to the front.
Clean and check the O-ring seal of the condensate drain connection for damage.
Wipe off the condensate and media piping and flush them (inside), remove lime residues. If required, replace the pipe-lines.
Unscrew the ball-type return lock siphon and clean all its parts.
Dry all parts.
79
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4-0waribrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Maintenance Cleaning
80
4.4.6 Housing
Clean all surfaces with warm water and household deter-gent.
Be sure electrical components will not get wet.
Reinstall all parts removed.
If the condensate pan has been removed for cleaning, be sure, the screw below the condensate pan is re-tightened.
When installing the filter, be sure to note the air flow direction arrow and the original arrangement of the filter.
Re-install the small cover plates and the isolation plate; close the doors and switch the unit on.
Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning
5-0s
töru
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5Technical personnelonly!
5 Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning
5.1 Troubleshooting
5.2 De-Commissioning
NOTE: Observe the safety notes in chapter 1!
Troublehshooting and De-commissioning must be carried out exclusively by qualified mechanics and electricians, or by Rittal service personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors and cover plates may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electrical equipment; work on electrical com-ponents must only be performed by electricians.
For details troubleshooting and decommissioning of device com-ponents also refer to chapter 6 - Device Components. For exter-nal components please observe the separate instructions in chap-ter 7 - Additional Documents!
81
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5-0störurit-gb-02-0111.fm
Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning Troubleshooting
82
Component / assembly
Fan
Explanations:1) Personnel qual2) Repair by Ritta
5.1 Troubleshooting
Error Cause Remedy Remedy by ...
1) 2)
No air flow / insufficient flow
Fan not rotating Check position of main switch
Check system control (exter-nal release)
Check motor overload protec-tion, switch it on if necessary
Check mains voltage on all three motor phases
Measure power consumption
Check motor coil. If windings are shorted or connected to ground, replace the motor.
Check motor overload switch combination, replace if neces-sary.
Safety module ok? Thermal contact, auxiliary contact of motor protection switch and power contactor
Check control system
Check air flow monitoring
Check the settings of the pressure transducer
Motor power consumption too high
Air flow too high Adjust air flow
External pressure in channel system too high
Check pressure
ified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.l service personnel only
5-0s
töru
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSTroubleshooting and De-Commissioning Troubleshooting
5
Cooler area
Air-supply
Component / assembly
Explanations:1) Personnel qual2) Repair by Ritta
Water outlet Siphon height too low
Adjust siphon height to exter-nal pressures
Observe pressure loss on inlet-side filter!
Condensate drain clogged
Clean pan and drain incl. drain valve
Dampers on inlet side do not open until fan starts; water extracted from siphon trap
Check control system or damper motors and ensure that fan runs only with inlet-side dampers open
Heat exchanger or piping leaky
Check for damage and leak-ing fittings
Condensate drain pump fails
Check condensate drain pump, replace if required
Strainer of conden-sate drain pump choked
Clean strainer
Float switch jammed
Clean condensate drain pump
No cooling Valve does not open
Check control system (set value)
Check valve position
No cold water Check cold-water generating system
Pump not running Check feed pumps
Air in exchanger Vent exchanger
No air Dampers are closed
Check all dampers and grat-ings in the duct system and inside the unit
Filter clogged Check differential pressure, replace filter
External duct sys-tem
Check volume-flow control or external duct system
Error Cause Remedy Remedy by ...
1) 2)
ified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.l service personnel only
83
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5-0störurit-gb-02-0111.fm
Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning Troubleshooting
84
Compressor/ compressor con-trol unit
Refrigerant sys-tem
Component / assembly
Explanations:1) Personnel qual2) Repair by Ritta
Compressor not running
Temperature con-troller has not switched to cooling
Set temperature controller correctly
Motor overload pro-tection switch trig-gered
Check setting, measure motor winding if necessary
High-pressure pres-sostat has switched off
Re-set pressostat; replace if defective
Check condenser for dirt; clean if necessary
Ensure cooling water supply (for water cooled operation); check cooling water controller
Check speed controller (if unit is air-cooled)
Lack of refrigerant, low-pressure pres-sostat does not switch
Check control system
See refrigerant circuit
Control cable of switch contactor broken
Check screws, terminals and cables
Contactor coil burnt out
Change contactor
Refrigerant forms strong beads in sight glass
Shortage of refrig-erant
Ensure tightness of all con-nections; if required retighten Rotalock valves with torque wrench: 1“-14 UNF: 100 Nm 1 1/4“-12 UNF: 110 Nm 1 3/4“-12 UNF: 180 Nm 2 1/4“-12 UNF: 200 Nm
Check level of refrigerant, refill if necessary
Filter dryer iced up
Defective expan-sion valve
Replace the expansion valve
Filter dryer exhausted
Replace filter dryer
Error Cause Remedy Remedy by ...
1) 2)
ified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.l service personnel only
5-0s
töru
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSTroubleshooting and De-Commissioning Troubleshooting
5
Internal humidifier
Heating system
Component / assembly
Explanations:1) Personnel qual2) Repair by Ritta
Insufficient humidification or de-humidification
Fault in humidifier See table chapter 6 - Device Components
Moisture controller wrongly set
Re-set
Max. hygrostat adjusted incor-rectly or defective
Readjust or replace if defec-tive
Error of the cooler Request Rittal service per-sonnel
No heating(electric heating)
Motor overload pro-tection switch trig-gered
Check, switch on
No voltage reach-ing heat register
Check control system
Check protective device for superheating
Heater element defective (voltage present at heating register)
Replace cartridge heaters
STL has cut out Resolve cause (e.g. power failure, too low air volume, fan failure, damper in air passage not opened properly, volume flow fluctuation) and reset the STL
Error Cause Remedy Remedy by ...
1) 2)
ified for limited maintenance. Only personnel with knowledge of system.l service personnel only
85
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5-0störurit-gb-02-0111.fm
Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning De-Commissioning
86
5.2 De-Commissioning
5.2.1 Temporary De-Commissioning
Refrigerating unitRetighten caps and unions at the expansion valves and compressors.
If operating with a water-cooled condenser: Drain water from the entire system and rinse with Glykol N at a ratio of 1:4.
If the refrigerating unit is separated, close the manual shut-off valve behind the condenser and pump down until a pres-sure of 1.5 bar is reached. Separate connecting lines and seal them tightly on both ends with blind plugs.
Seal cooling water unions tightly with blind plugs.
Chilled-water cooler (PCW)Drain water from system. If frost is possible, rinse with glycol N at a ratio of 1:4. If the system is separated, seal the con-necting lines tightly on both ends with blind plugs.
Humidification and condensate systemDrain water from steam cylinder, humidifier supply line, clari-fication line, condensate pan and ball-type return lock siphon.
Electric installationDisconnect all connecting lines in the electrical module.
Remove sensors and store them in a safe place.
5-0s
töru
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSTroubleshooting and De-Commissioning De-Commissioning
5
5.2.2 Final Decommissioning
Refrigerating unitSuck refrigerant from the entire system and dispose of it properly.
Drain compressor oil and dispose of it properly.
Drain water from the entire system.
Chilled-water cooler (PCW)Drain water from system.
Humidification and condensate systemDrain water from steam cylinder, humidifier supply line, clari-fication line, condensate pan and ball-type return lock siphon.
Electric installationDisconnect all connecting lines in the electrical module.
Remove sensors.
Turn unit over to professional disposal.
NOTE: Also observe notes concerning diposal in chapt. 2.
87
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5-0störurit-gb-02-0111.fm
Troubleshooting and De-Commissioning De-Commissioning
88
Unit Components
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6
6 Unit Components
6.1 Fan and Fan Control
6.2 Filter and Filter Monitoring
6.3 Cooling System
6.4 Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
6.5 Electric Heating (optional)
6.6 Refrigerant Circuit Control (DX ver-sions)
6.7 Free Cooling (optional)
This chapter describes the technical characteristics of the air-con-ditioning unit and its components. In addition, it contains detailed information on the operations required for first operation, mainte-nance and repair of the main components of the unit.
NOTE: For the exact technical execution of the unit please refert to chapt. 0: Project-Related Data.
89
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components
90
Technical personnelonly!
NOTE: Observe the safety notes in chapter 1!
The installation, first operation, and maintenance of the air con-ditioning unit must be carried out exclusively by qualified mechanics and electricians, or by Rittal service personnel. Work on mechanic components with open doors and cover plates may only be performed by personnel that is trained to work on electri-cal equipment; work on electrical components must only be per-formed by electricians.
During maintenance, the general rules for hygiene, especially in sensitive areas, must be observed.
The maintenance personnel must wear the clothing required for the room in which the unit is installed.
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Fan and Fan Control
6
6.1 Fan and Fan Control
DANGER! Severe injury inflicted by the fan impeller! Keep persons and objects away from the fan impeller! Open the double floor only when the supply power has been shut off and the fan impeller stands still! For maintenance jobs stop the fan whenever possible! Tie long hair! Do not wear loose-fitting clothes! After interruption of power supply, the fan will automatically start again!
DANGER! Electric shock! Even after the power supply has been shut off, some circuits in the electrical module as well as the fan electronics are still conducting voltage for several minutes! Touching these components can cause death! After switching the power supply off, wait atleast 2 minutes, before you begin working in the vicin-ity of electrical components!
91
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Fan and Fan Control
92
6.1.1 Characteristics
• High-powered radial fan without spiral housing, single-side suction with constant pressure-flow volume characteristic, statically and dynamically balanced, balance quality G 2.5 to DIN ISO 1940, Part 1.
• Driven by treble-twisted EC-motor, isolation class F to DIN EN 60034-1, thermal contact motor protection.
• Installation in a frame structure on a slide-in module which can be pulled forward.
• The flow volume is adjusted by an internal electronic com-muter circuit, which in turn is driven by the controller.
Air-flow monitoringA pressure sensor with analog signal output is installed, that is, the air flow is monitored by measurement of the differen-tial pressure. When the limit value set in the software is reached, an electric error message is triggered. The signal can be transferred to an external control system or called up by remote data acquisition with a modem.
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Fan and Fan Control
6
6.1.2 First Operation
Testing and adapting the air flow volumeTo determine the flow volume, measure and compare the inlet nozzle pressure and the pressure at the intake side of the fan.
All dampers must be open!
Switch the unit off at the controller and the main switch.
Pull off the display plug and open the cover plate of the elec-trical module.
Follow the pressure measuring tube from the fan to the elec-trical module.
Connect the tubes of the pressure measuring device to the free ends of the pressure measuring tubes.
Switch the unit on again.
Read off and note the differential pressure.
Determine volume flow from the characteristic curve in chap-ter 6.1.4, multiply by the number of fans if several fans are installed. If the nominal values deviate from the measured values (see technical data), the fan speed can be adjusted by input at the controller. See controller documentation!
Pull off the tubes of the pressure measuring device, close the electrical module and re-connect the display connector.
6.1.3 Inspection, Maintenance, Repair
Visually inspect the fan. Check the impeller for smooth run.
The directly driven free-running fan impeller requires no maintenance.
Should the fan impeller, motor or bracket be defective, the entire fan unit must be replaced by Rittal service personnel.
93
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Fan and Fan Control
94
600
700
6.1.4 Characteristics for Adaptation of the Flow Volume: Fan M100 EC (63531101)
0
100
200
300
400
500
02.000
4.000
6.000
8.000
10.000
12.000
Differential pressure Pd (Pa)
Flow
vol
ume
m3 /
h
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Fan and Fan Control
6
500
Fan M60 EC (63531100)
0
100
200
300
400
01.000
2.000
3.000
4.000
5.000
6.000
Differential pressure Pd (Pa)
Flow
vol
ume
m3 /
h
95
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Filter Monitoring and Filters
96
6.2 Filter Monitoring and Filters
6.2.1 Filter Monitoring by means of a Pressure Sensor
Characteristics• The degree of contamination of the filter is monitored by a
pressure sensor with analog signal output.
The momentary pressure drop can be read at the display of the controller. When the set final pressure drop indicating that the filter is clogged is reached, a message for filter change is output. Also see the controller documentation on this. The signal can also be transmitted to an external control sys-tem or be queried from remote via a modem.
6.2.2 Filters
Characteristics• Cassette filter of artificial fibre fleece.
The filter quality used and the pressure drop indicating that the filter is clogged is printed on the filter nameplate on the inside of the unit door.
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Filter Monitoring and Filters
6
Changing the filter
DANGER! Danger of contamination by hazardous substances! Inhaling and contact with the filter dust can present a health hazard When removing the filters wear a breathing mask with filter insert type P2 and safety gloves! If the filters are exposed to hazardous sub-stances, be sure to wear additionally the protec-tive clothing required by the company operating!
Switch the unit off at the controller and the main switch.
Open the doors and the isolation plate.
Record the arrangement of the filters, then remove the fil-ters.
When installing the filters, be sure to note the correct orienta-tion, the air-flow direction arrow and the original arrange-ment of the filters.
Re-install the isolation plate and switch the unit on again.
97
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Cooling System
98
6.3 Cooling System
6.3.1 Direct Evaporation (DX)
Characteristics• Ribbed heat exchanger on suction side acts as direct evapo-
rator to cool and de-humidify the air.
• Venturi distributors for multiple injection and header for gas extraction.
• Aluminium condensate pan for collecting and draining the condensate when the air is being de-humidified. The con-densate pipe leads out of the housing free of pressure.
• Air-cooled high-output axial condenser for outdoor installa-tion, allows free air intake and exhaust. Ribbed heat exchanger, axial fan with permanent speed adjustment, cor-rosion resistant. Controlled by integrated speed controller (leading edge speed control), released by the air-condition-ing unit, separate main switch for repair purposes.
Notes on first operationEnsure the following
if an air-cooled condenser is installedvoltage is present,
the sense of rotation of the fans is correct,
air can be sucked in freely.
if a refrigerant circuit is provideda sufficient amount of refrigerant is present in the circuit (bubbling in the sight glass),
voltage is present,
the sense of rotation of the compressor is correct.
Notes on inspection, maintenance and repairCheck the unit at regular intervals for dirt, damage, corrosion and wear.
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Cooling System
6
6.3.2 Water Cooling (CW)
Characteristics• Ribbed heat exchanger as cold water cooler for cooling and
de-humidification of the air.
• Supply and return of pumped cold water via an integrated three-way or two-way valve for continuous control of the cooling output.
• Different water temperatures are possible for the inlet and outlet to the heat exchanger. For target specifications see Technical Data.
• Aluminium condensate pan for collecting and draining the condensate when the air is being de-humidified. The con-densate pipe leads out of the housing free of pressure.
Notes on first operationEnsure the following
medium is supplied,
all supply and return valves are open,
heat exchanger and pipeline have been vented,
the control valve is functioning correctly.
Notes on inspection, maintenance and repairCheck the unit at regular intervals for dirt, damage, corrosion and wear.
99
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
100
6.4 Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
6.4.1 Integrated Steam Humidifier, General Information
Characteristics• Electric steam humidifier for fully automatic generation and
output of largely demineralised, inodorous and sterile steam; microprocessor-controlled with manual switch for operation and evacuation.
• The humidifying system consists of steam cylinder, vertically arranged grid electrodes as heating elements, level control, inlet and outlet solenoid valves for filling and sludge removal.
• The unit can be serviced while the air-conditioning unit runs.
• A maintenance signal is output at the controller, when the steam cylinder is depleted.
• Different performance ranges and configurations for internal or external installation are available.
NOTE: The water supplied must have drinking water quality. Exception: Some external humidifiers may be operated with fully desalini-zated water. Such water is not potable!
DANGER! Burning hazard! Do not touch steam humidifier, steam lance and the adjacent lines during operation and for some time afterward!
Notes concerning maintenanceIf you are using a condensate lifting pump, desludge in stages to prevent overflowing of the pump. Monitor the water level inside the pump during the desludging process.
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
6
6.4.2 Internal Steam Humidifyer:
Characteristics:The internal steam-air humidifier is a pressure-less steam humidifier for direct humidification of supply-air. It operates with electrode heating and is designed for operation with normal drinking water. It is comprised of a console with plug-on steam cylinder, readily connected steam lance, and electronic control-ler ECCM.
Internal Steam Humidifier:
101
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
102
First operation:Open the water supply line.
As soon as the air-conditioning unit is switched on, the humidifier electronics are activativated and perform a self-test during which all LEDs of the controller unit ECCM light up one after the other. As soon as humidity is requested, the heating current is switched on. The inlet valve opens and the cylinder is filled with water. As soon as the electrodes dip-ping into the water heat it up, the green LED lights up, and after approx. 5 to 10 minutes steam is generated.
The low conductivity of very soft water may result in the maximum steam capacity not being reached during the initial hours of operation. However, the continuous evaporation process will subsequently result in sufficient conductivity. If the conductivity of the local water is < 300 μS/cm, consult with Rittal customer service concerning a special steam cyl-inder.
De-commissioningClose the water supply line.
Press the desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1) briefly, then wait 5 to 10 minutes, until the steam cylinder is empty.
Reset the circuit-breaker (50S2 or 51S2) to 0; this separates the steam cylinder from the power supply network.
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
6
Maintenance: replacing the steam cylinderThe first maintenance must be scheduled after approx. 500 operating hours, thereafter once a year. Also, if the yellow LED lights up continuously, the steam cylinder must be replaced.
Maintenance and cleaning see chapter “Maintenance - Cleaning”.
Stop the operation of the steam air humidifier (see above).
Loosen the hose clamp of the steam hose using a screw-driver, then pull the hose off the steam connection (1).
Pull the plugs of the electrode cables and the sensor cable (2), take note of the connections before!
103
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
104
Carefully push the steam cylinder up from the supports on the side and rear and remove it to the front (3).
Carefully put the steam cylinder down.
Correctly insert the new steam cylinder into the supports on the side and rear and carefully push it down into the drain valve until stop.
Reconnect the electrode cables as noted down before to the electrodes and the sensor connection, respectively.
Fasten the steam hose to the steam connection of the steam cylinder using a hose clamp.
Only lightly tighten the hose clamp at the connection!
Check all cables of the electrical installation inside the unit for proper seating and condition of the installation.
Removal of the steam cylinder
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
6
Resetting the maintenance display (upon replacement of the cylinder):
Press the desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1) while the unit is switched off and keep it pressed; then set the circuit-breaker (50S2 or 51S2) to ON (this activates the steam-air humidifier) and do not let go of the desludging/info button, before the system test is complete (approx 10 s).
Display of the controller ECCMFor information on the controller ECCM also see the sepa-rate documentation!
1. Display of current steam output (green LED)Press the desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1) for min. 3 s.
By flashing, the green LED indicates the current steam out-put in % of the maximum output. If you press the button again, the display is reset manually; after 5 minutes it is reset automatically.
Green LED flashes 1x 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x 8x 9x 10x
Steam output in % 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
105
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
106
2. Error display (yellow or red LED)
If the yellow or the red LED light up, press the desludg-ing/info button (50S1 or 51S1) for at least 3 seconds, until the yellow or red LED begin to flash at intervals (see next table).
The yellow LED “Warning” by flashing at an interval indi-cates that an error has occurred, and that the controller tries to resolve it. The number of flashes in one interval indicates the type of error.
The red LED “Error” by flashing at an interval indicates that an error has occurred which cannot be resolved by the con-troller. The heating supply voltage is shut off, the humidifier switches off. The number of flashes in one interval indicates the type of error.
Resolve the error (see next table).
Reset the error display: Set the circuit-breaker (50S2 or 51S2) to 0 for approx. 5 s; then reset it to ON.
Yellow LED Red LED Description of error
flashes continuou
sly--- The desludging/info button (50S1 or 51S1)
has been pressed briefly. (Infomode)
lights up --- Steam cylinder needs to be serviced or maintenance display has not been reset.
lights up lights up
Steam cylinder service has not been performed or the maintenance display not been reset. humidifier switches off.
--- lights up Grave error; humidifier switches off.
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
6
-
k er t if
er
r er t
kit
he
er
“Warning“yellow LED
flashes
“Error”red LED flashes
Cause Remedy/solution
1xSafety chain interrupted
----- Fan lock is open
Flow indicator has trippedMaximum hygrostat has tripped
Check/switch on the fan system if requiredCheck fan/filter
Perform maintenance, checsystem if required; Set highvalue at maximum hygrostarequired
2xMaximum level
inside steam cyl-inder reached
----- Conductivity of water is too low (after first operation)Conductivity of water is too low for the steam cylinder usedPhase failure of heating supply voltage
Wait
Choose correct steam cylindtypeCheck fusing, replace if required
3xAdmissible filling time exceeded (first automatic
cleaning)
3xAdmissible filling time exceeded
Current/peak current shut offWater supply impaired, too low water pressure, inlet valve defective
Too high steam back pressure, causing water loss via the fill-ing cupDrain valve not tight
See ECCM documentation
Open stop valve, clean watefilter (if installed), check watpressure, check/replace inlevalveCheck steam installation, install pressure equalisationClean/replace drain valve
4xSteam cylinder
needs to be ser-viced
4xInterval for
steam cylinder service
exceeded
Mineral deposits and/or elec-trodes spent
Replace steam cylinderImportant: Afterward reset tmaintenance display
6xElectrode cur-rent too high
6xElectrode cur-rent too high
Steam cylinder (electrodes) defectiveAuto desludging function failsDrain valve/coil defectiveDrainage of steam cylinder impairedConductivity too high for steam cylinder type
Replace steam cylinder or electrodesCheck installation/controlReplace drain valve/coilReplace steam cylinder
Choose correct steam cylindtype
7xFoam detection in the steam cyl-
inder
7xNo success in foam removal
Foam inside steam cylinder Drain/rinse steam cylinderSet jumper to “DRN” (see ECCM documentation)
107
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Humidification with Integrated Steam Generator (optional)
1
tor
e er -
----- 8xMain contactor
sticks
Main contactor is blocked in activated position
Check/replace main contac
9xDrain valve
blocked
9xDrain valve
blocked
Drain valved choked or defec-tiveDrain opening of steam cylin-der choked
Clean/replace drain valve
Clean drain opening
----- 10xRotary code-
switch is set to wrong position
Rotary code switch of the con-troller has been set to a non-programmed position
Set rotary code-switch to thposition for the steam cylindtype used (see ECCM documentation)
08
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Electric Heating (optional)
6
6.5 Electric Heating (optional)
6.5.1 Characteristics
• Electric heating register with fuse to prevent superheating (STL).
6.5.2 Notes on First Operation
Check all phases for the correct values and that terminals are securely fastened.
Check safety chain.
6.5.3 Notes on Inspection, Maintenance and Repair
Check the unit at regular intervals for dirt, damage, corrosion and wear.
6.5.4 Resetting the Electrical Heating
The safety temperature limiter (STL) is integrated in the safety thermostat. It switches the electrical heating off when the maximum temperature is exceeded. After resolving the cause of the superheating, the STL must be reset manually:
Switch the unit off at the controller and the main switch.
Open the door of the machine section and the isolation plate.
Unscrew the protective cap of the STL.
Press the reset button.
Re-install the protective cap, close the isolation plate and the door of the machine section, then switch the unit on again.
109
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Refrigerant Circuit Control (DX versions)
110
6.6 Refrigerant Circuit Control (DX ver-sions)
6.6.1 Solenoid Valve, 50/100
• Compressor and safety devices insulated from air-treatment components by soundproofing on air side. Inspection and maintenance work are therefore possible while the unit is operating. All fittings are easily accessible. As far as possi-ble, standard components which are available worldwide have been used.
• The condenser is controlled by a permanent pressure sen-sor and speed controller for the condenser-fan motor. In water-cooled condensors the condensation pressure is maintained by a cooling water controller.
• Safety system designed according to DIN EN 378. Compres-sor terminal board conforms to enclosure type IP21 to IEC 529.
• The refrigeration output is controlled by means of perfor-mance-related activation and deactivation of the combined compressors as well as by hot-gas bypass control with a solenoid valve.
6.6.2 Solenoid Valve, Virtually Continuous
• Compressor and safety devices insulated from air-treatment components by soundproofing on air side. Inspection and maintenance work are therefore possible while the unit is operating. All fittings are easily accessible.
• The condenser is controlled by a permanent pressure sen-sor and speed controller for the condenser-fan motor. In water-cooled condensors the condensation pressure is maintained by a cooling water controller. On internal con-densers the high and low pressures are monitored.
• Safety system designed according to DIN EN 378. Compres-sor terminal board conforms to enclosure type IP21 to IEC 529.
• The refrigeration output is controlled by means of perfor-mance-related activation and deactivation of the combined compressors as well as by hot-gas bypass control by means of a solenoid valve with virtually continuous servomotor con-trol.
6-0k
omib
rit-g
b-02
-011
1.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSUnit Components Refrigerant Circuit Control (DX versions)
6
6.6.3 Notes on First Operation
Ensure that the pipe system is correctly evacuated.
Check the moisture indicator (sight glass).
Check correct electrical connection.
Fill the system with refrigerant.
Start the compressor and ensure that it is correctly filled (bubble-free sight glass).
Ensure that the condenser control system and safety devices (pressostats) are correctly set, test them.
Check for superheating (expansion valve).
Check filter dryer for temperature difference of inlet and out-let.
Check function of performance control system.
Issue measuring report.
111
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
6-0komibrit-gb-02-0111.fm
Unit Components Free Cooling (FC) (optional)
112
6.7 Free Cooling (FC) (optional)
The scope of supply of the FC option comprises a Free-Cooling add-on box with two exhaust air louver dampers and electronic safety drives fastened to it. An outdoor air temper-ature sensor is supplied separately.
The special design of the Free-Cooling add-on box allows highly energy-efficient heat removal from thermally loaded rooms, since the outdoor air is used directly for cooling. The required conditioning of the room is achieved by constant mixing of cold outdoor air with warm return air from the room. The outdoor air conducted into the room results in slighly higher pressure inside the room. This in turn causes exces-sive air to excape outdoors via the exhaust-air dampers.
This principle is referred to as “direct free cooling” and only makes sense where the outdoor air is colder than the return air from the room. If the outdoor air temperature rises above the return air from the room, the unit switches over to recir-culating-air operation; the heat from the room is then removed by refrigeration (mechanical cooling).
Additional Documents
7-0z
usdo
rit-g
b-01
-021
0.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
7
7 Additional Documents
e.g. Control System,
Humidifier,
Condenser,
Maximum Humidity Limiter,
Valve Actuator,
Heating Thermostat,
Servomotor
etc., as far as available.
113
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
7-0zusdorit-gb-01-0210.fm
Additional Documents
114
Operating InstructionsRittal pcs+
Rittal pcs+
Rittal pcs+OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-0-gb-04-0511.fm
Rittal GmbH & Co. KG
Auf dem Stützelberg35745 HerbornGermany
Tel.: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-0Fax: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-23 19
E-mail: [email protected]
Dear Customer,
We would like to thank you for choosing aRittal pcs+.
Please take the time to read this documen-tation carefully.
Please pay particular attention to thesafety instructions in the text and to chap-ter „Safety Notes“
This is the prerequisite for safe handlingand the most trouble-free operation possi-ble.
Please keep the complete documentationreadily available so that it is always onhand when needed.
We are always happy to answer any tech-nical questions regarding our entire rangeof products.
We wish you every success!
Regards,Rittal GmbH & Co. KG
P
CS
+rit-
0-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
Table of ContentsOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Table of Contents
1 Safety Notes .......................................................1
2 Operating Elements .......................................3
2.1 Input Keys ...................................................................4
2.2 Display ........................................................................5
2.3 Programme Key (option for pco2) ...............................6
3 Operation .............................................................9
3.1 Operating Levels.........................................................9
3.2 Switching On and Off ................................................10
3.3 Example 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints .......13
3.4 Example 2: Displaying and Resettingan Error Message .....................................................18
3.5 Example 3: Changing the Password.........................21
4 Menu Structure ...............................................29
5 Technical Information.................................31
5.1 Operating Console ....................................................31
5.2 Controller pco2 ..........................................................32
5.3 Controller pco3 ..........................................................35
5.4 Buffer Battery for Realtime Clock..............................38
Rittal pcs+OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-0-gb-04-0511.fm
This document is meant for operators of pcs+. It explains localoperation of pcs+ on the first operating level of the operatingconsole installed in the door of the electrical module of the air-conditioning unit.
The individual menu items of pcs+ are programmed for the spe-cific project and may therefore differ from those shown in thisdocument. Call-up of menu items and navigation in the menus isexplained by means of general examples.
Safety Notes
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1 of 40
1 Safety Notes
DANGER! Electric shock!Touching voltage conducting components can cause death!Before opening the unit, shut off power supply! Before switching the unit on, be sure that it is not possible to touch voltage conducting compo-nents.
DANGER! Electric shock!After shutting off the power supply to the unit, some circuits inside the electrical module will still conduct voltage for some minutes! Touching these components can cause death!After switching the power supply off, wait at least 2 minutes, before you begin working in the vicin-ity of electrical components!
ATTENTION! Hazard of malfunction or destruction!Do not modify the unit!Use only original spare parts!
ATTENTION! Programme or program key may be destroyed!Only insert or remove the memory card (program key) and only press the switch on it, when pcs+ is disconnected from the power supply!
Safety NotesOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
2 of 40
Operators and Technical Personnel:Installation, first operation, maintenance and repair of this unitmay only be carried out by qualified fitters and electricians, or byRittal service personnel.
Information about the current status of the control functions , the service hot-line as well as the Rittal equipment and drawing number foridentification of the unit for service purposes can be queried inthe main menu under “INFO”.
Technicalpersonnelonly!
Operating Elements
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3 of 40
2 Operating Elements
Overview of the operating console
Display
Input Keys
Operating ElementsInput Keys
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
4 of 40
2.1 Input Keys
in DisplayOn/Off Switches unit on/off.
The green LED flashes during thestart-up and shut-down sequence andis continuously on when the unit is on.
Alarm Displays alarm messages, shuts offbuzzer and acknowledges alarm.The red LED flashes if at least 1 alarm is present.
Up arrow Jumps to display panel of next Zhigher menu item (arranged in a loop)or moves cursor up by one line Yor increases a value.
Down arrow Jumps to display panel of next blower menu item (arranged in a loop)or moves cursor down by one line Yor decreases a value.
Enter Opens input, confirms andopens next input (if available), or jump to nextmenu level Y
Back Jump back by one level or cancel input (cursor returns to home position).
System info When alarm and enter arepressed at the same time, system informationof pcs+ is shown, e. g. the Bios version.
Alarm memory When Esc and Enter are pressedquery at the same time in the main menu, the
last 10 alarms can be queried.
The green LEDs in the keys Escape, Up arrow, Enter and Down arrow indicate that the supply voltage is present.
+
+
Operating ElementsDisplay
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
5 of 40
2.2 Display
The two last digits are reserved for status diplay, the two lines above these for unit-specific data.
The rectangular cursor flashes above the character at the current input position. In this document it is represented by an underscore.
Navigation OptionsZ Jumping to display screen of next higher menu item pos-sible (arranged in a loop)b Jumping to display screen of next lower menu item pos-sible (arranged in a loop)Y Jump to lower menu level
TU 09:48 19.09.2006 ZOFF
bDisplay (example: Start menu)
Navigation options
Operating ElementsProgramme Key (option for pco2)
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
6 of 40
2.3 Programme Key (option for pco2)
ATTENTION! Programme or program key may be destroyed!Only insert or remove the memory card (program key) and only press the switch on it, when pcs+ is disconnected from the power supply!
The program key is a memory card that is used to transfer the application programme, that is, it is uploaded to pcs+ or downloaded from pcs+.
When the program key is inserted in the pcs+, the transfer direction currently selected with the switch is displayed by the program key.
Program key
lights up in red:you may upload data from program key
lights up green:you may download data from pcs+
Operating ElementsProgramme Key (option for pco2)
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
7 of 40
Transferring the Application Programme
• Switch the pcs+ off with the On/Off key.
• Wait until shut-off procedure is complete, then switch the air-conditioning unit off at the main switch.
• Set the switch of the program key to the desired transfer direction (symbols on the program key).
• Remove the cover on the plug-in slot “expansion memory”.
• Insert the plug of the program key into the “expansion mem-ory” slot.
• Press the keys arrow up and arrow down at the same time and keep them pressed.
• Switch the air-conditioning unit on at the main switch.
• Let go of the arrow keys, when the transfer prompt appears on the display.
• Press enter to start the transfer.The transfer now runs, the display reports that and after-wards displays the programme just transferred.
Removing the Program Key• Switch the air-conditioning unit off at the main switch.
• Remove the program key from the “expansion memory” slot.
• Reinstall the cover.
Starting the Program without Prior Transfer for Test Pur-poses
For test purposes a programme can also be started from the program key without first transferring it to the pcs+.
• Switch the pcs+ off, switch the air-conditioning unit off and push the switch of the program key to the key symbol posi-tion. Plug in the program key (but do not press the two arrow keys) and switch the air-conditioning unit on at the main switch.
Operating ElementsProgramme Key (option for pco2)
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
8 of 40
OperationOperating Levels
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
9 of 40
3 Operation
3.1 Operating Levels
Level 0: Values can be displayed, no password required.
Level 1: Plant specific setpoints can be edited. The pass-word required to do so can be changed by the company operating the unit.
Level 2: (Service level): Setpoints and control parame-ters can be edited. This level is reserved to Rit-tal service.
OperationSwitching On/Off
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
10 of 40
3.2 Switching On/Off
Even when the unit is off, the start menu displays which tim-ers (if installed) are active. In this case, for instance, the timer T1 is inactive (display: --), the timer T2 is active (dis-play: T2).
• Programme for start-up: the orange LED in Prg flashes. The start-up sequence begins after a delay time, e. g. to prevent unintentional switching on.
TU 09:48 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
OFF
b
TU 09:48 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
OFF
DELAYUNIT START-UP b
OperationSwitching On/Off
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
11 of 40
Thereafter the flaps (if installed) are opened.
Then the fan is switched on and the air flow required for con-trol builds up.
The unit is now switched on, the orange LED in Prg is on continuously.
Switching-on is possible from the start menu only.
The process may be stopped at any time by pressing the Prg key once more.
TU 09:48 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
OFF
SUPPLYDAMPERS b
TU 09:49 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
OFF
DELAYCONTROLLER b
TU 09:50 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
ON
b
OperationSwitching On/Off
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
12 of 40
• Programme for shut-down: the orange LED in Prg flashes. The shut-down sequence begins, that is, the fan keeps run-ning to protect the air-conditioning unit from damage (NL = keep running).
Thereafter the unit shuts off and the orange LED in the Prg key shuts off.
Switching-off is possible from the start menu only.
The process may be stopped at any time by pressing the Prg key once more.
WE 10:20 20.09.2006 Z-- T2
OFF NL: 007 SEC
b
WE 10:23 20.09.2006 Z-- T2
OFF
b
OperationExample 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
13 of 40
3.3 Example 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints
Start menu, password menu and main menu are arranged in a loop. Start menu:
• Press up arrow in start menu: the main menu is displayed:
• Press down arrow: cursor moves to parameter:
TU 10:48 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
ON
bMAIN MENU ACTUAL VALUES YPARAMETERS YTOOLS YINFO Y
MAIN MENU ACTUAL VALUES YPARAMETERS YTOOLS YINFO Y
OperationExample 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
14 of 40
• Press Enter: the parameters are displayed:
• Press Enter: the first setpoint (room temperature) is dis-played:
If limit values are available for a setpoint, these are likewise displayed.
With the up and down arrow keys you can switch to the next setpoint, all are arranged in a loop.
On the top right the access level required to edit this setpoint is displayed - in this case level 1 and 2 (LV 1/2).
SETPOINTS YCONTROL PARAMETERS YTIME PARAMETERS YSETUP Y
SETPOINT (LV 1/2) Z ROOM TEMPERATURESW1 : 21.0 °C
b
OperationExample 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
15 of 40
• Press enter to change the setpoint for the room temperature. If the access level is still 0: the password query is displayed (see example 3: change password), thereafter the pro-gramme returns to the setpoint room temperature. The cur-sor jumps to the sign of setpoint 1:
• Press up or down arrow key to change the setpoint for the room temperature. If you press the arrow key briefly, the digit after the decimal point is first changed, and once 9 is reached, the digits before the decimal point are changed. If you press the arrow key longer, the digit before the decimal point will be changed right away.
The setpoint for the room temperature is limited to a range from 15 to 30 °C.
You can terminate the procedure by pressing the Esc key.
SETPOINT (LV 1/2) ZROOM TEMPERATURESW1 : _21.0 °C
b
SETPOINT (LV 1/2) ZROOM TEMPERATURESW1 : _22.0 °C
b
OperationExample 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
16 of 40
• Press enter to confirm the new setpoint. The cursor moves to the home position and the setpoint for heating/cooling, which is sent to the controllers, is computed (SW_HC):
If limit values are likewise displayed, the cursor moves to the next input field, e. g. to the limit value Tmax. Upon confirma-tion it returns to the home position.
• Esc = back; quit the setpoints arranged in a loop. The parameters are displayed:
SETPOINT (LV 1/2) ZROOM TEMPERATURESW1 : 22.0 °C
b
SETPOINTS YCONTROL PARAMETERS YTIME PARAMETERS YSETUP Y
OperationExample 1: Displaying and Changing Setpoints
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
17 of 40
• Esc = back; quit the parameters. The main menu is dis-played:
• Esc = back, quit the main menu. The start menu is dis-played:
MAIN MENU ACTUAL VALUES YPARAMETERS YTOOLS YINFO Y
TU 10:58 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
ON
b
OperationExample 2: Displaying and Resetting an Error Message
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
18 of 40
3.4 Example 2: Displaying and Resetting an Error Message
The LED in the alarm key flashes, a buzzer is heard (continuoustone) and the orange LED in the Prg key is off: at least one errorin group 1 has occurred. (The less severe errors in group 2 donot lead to shut-down of the unit.) The start menu displays “ON”:
• Press alarm to acknowledge: the buzzer is shut off and the alarm display is called up:
TU 11:07 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
ON
b
Z ALARM(S) ACTIVE
b
OperationExample 2: Displaying and Resetting an Error Message
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
19 of 40
• Press down arrow to display the type of alarm: the failure motor overload protection (Max. Amp.) for fan 1 is displayed:
• Press down arrow to display further alarms: the failure motor overload protection (Max. Amp.) for fan 2 is displayed:
• Press down arrow to display further alarms: alarm menu is displayed again, because no further alarms have occurred.
• Resolve the error!
ALARM Z FAN 1MAX. AMP.
b
ALARM Z FAN 2MAX. AMP.
b
Z ALARM(S) ACTIVE
b
OperationExample 2: Displaying and Resetting an Error Message
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
20 of 40
• Reset the alarm: all error messages are reset, the red LED in the alarm key shuts off and the start-up sequence begins (see Switching on and off).
OperationExample 3: Changing the Password
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
21 of 40
3.5 Example 3: Changing the Password
The factory setting for the customer password is 3112. To change the password, the level must be set to 1, that is, the password must be entered correctly. Start menu:
• Press down arrow in start menu: the password menu is dis-played:
• Press enter to be able to enter the password: the cursor jumps to the first digit of the password:
TU 11:17 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
ON
b
PASSWORD Z 0000
CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0
b
PASSWORD Z 0000
CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0
b
OperationExample 3: Changing the Password
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
22 of 40
This allows to set the first two digits of the password.
• Press the up arrow key until the first two digits of the pass-word have been set. (Or press down arrow key, the display counts down from 99 then.)
• Press enter to confirm the first two digits: the cursor jumps to the third digit.
• Press the up arrow key until the last two digits of the pass-word have been set. (Or press down arrow key, the display counts down from 99 then.)
PASSWORD Z 3100
CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0
b
PASSWORD Z 3100
CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0
b
PASSWORD Z 3112
CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0
b
OperationExample 3: Changing the Password
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
23 of 40
• Press enter to confirm the last two digits: the cursor jumps to check:
• Press up arrow key to set the check to YES: the password is checked:
• Press enter to confirm: since the password has been entered correctly, the level is increased (Level 1):
PASSWORD Z 3112
CHECK: NOLEVEL: 0
b
PASSWORD Z 3112
CHECK: YESLEVEL: 0
b
PASSWORD Z 0000
CHECK: NOLEVEL: 1
b
OperationExample 3: Changing the Password
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
24 of 40
• Press down arrow in password menu: the main menu is dis-played:
• Press down arrow key twice: the cursor moves to tools:
• Press Enter: the tools are displayed:
MAIN MENU ACTUAL VALUES YPARAMETERS YTOOLS YINFO Y
MAIN MENU ACTUAL VALUES YPARAMETERS YTOOLS YINFO Y
TOOLS: CLOCK/PASSW.CLOCK YTIMER YCHANGE PASSWORD Y
OperationExample 3: Changing the Password
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
25 of 40
• Press down arrow key twice: the cursor moves to change password:
• Press enter to change the password: level and password are displayed:
• Press enter to be able to enter a new password: the cursor jumps to the first digit of the password:
This allows to set all four digits of the password.
TOOLS: CLOCK/PASSW.CLOCK YTIMER YCHANGE PASSWORD Y
CHANGE PASSWORD _
LEVEL 1: 3112
CHANGE PASSWORD
LEVEL 1: 3112
OperationExample 3: Changing the Password
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
26 of 40
• Press the down arrow key until the four digits of the new password have been set. (Or press up arrow key, to count upward.) If you press once, the last digit is changed, if you keep the key pressed, several digits are changed.
• Press enter to confirm the new password. The cursor moves to the home position:
• Esc = back, to quit the change password menu. The tools are displayed:
CHANGE PASSWORD
LEVEL 1: 2407
CHANGE PASSWORD _
LEVEL 1: 2407
TOOLS: CLOCK/PASSW.CLOCK YTIMER YCHANGE PASSWORD Y
OperationExample 3: Changing the Password
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
27 of 40
• Esc = back, to quit the tools. The main menu is displayed:
• Esc = back, to quit the main menu. The level is reset to 0 and the start menu appears:
During any input, the procedure can be aborted by pressing Esc.
MAIN MENU ACTUAL VALUES YPARAMETERS YTOOLS YINFO Y
TU 11:17 19.09.2006 Z-- T2
ON
b
OperationExample 3: Changing the Password
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
28 of 40
Menu Structure
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
29 of 40
4 Menu Structure
START MENU
PASSWORD
MAIN MENU
ACTUAL VALUES PARAMETER TOOLS
INPUTS SETPOINTS CLOCK
OUTPUTS CONTROL PARAMETERS TIMER
MANUAL SETTING CHANGE PASSWORD
RUNTIME
TIME PARAMETERS
SETUP
INFO
ALARMS
Menu StructureOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
30 of 40
Technical InformationOperating Console
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
31 of 40
5 TechnicalInformation
5.1 Operating Console
LCD display, 8 lines, 22 characters6 keys with feedback LEDAlarm buzzerFront panel installationEnclosure type IP 65
Technical InformationController pco2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
32 of 40
5.2 Controller pco2
FeaturesMicroprocessor 16 Bit, 16 MHz, 256 KB RAMClock, battery bufferedRS485 interface for pLANDisplay connectionProgramme storage in non-volatile flash memory
Inputs and Outputs (versions Small/Medium/Large)
8/14/18 digital inputs8/13/18 digital outputs2/2/4 sensor inputs3/6/6 universal inputs4/4/6 analog outputs
Technical InformationController pco2
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
33 of 40
Overview Controller pco2
Controller overview (Large version) pco2
Technical InformationController pco2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
34 of 40
1 Connector for power supply 24 VAC/VDC
2 Yellow LED for supply voltage;Red LED for alarm signal
3 Slow blow fuse 250 VAC, 2 A (sb2 A)
Inputs and Outputs 4 Connector for universal analog inputs NTC,
0 - 1 V, 0 - 10 V, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA
5 Connector for passive analog inputs NTC, PT1000, ON/OFF
6 Connector for analog outputs 0 - 10 V
7 Connector for digital inputs 24 VAC/VDC
8 Connector for digital inputs 110/230 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC
9 Connector for digital outputs
Interfaces 10 Connector for the operating console and for download of
the application programme
11 Connector for a synoptic operating panel (not used)
12 Connector for I/O extension modules
13 13A: Connector, 13B: Address setting and LED for local pLAN network
14 Plug-in slot for serial interface board RS485 or modem interface RS232
15 Plug-in slot for parallel printer interface board
16 Plug-in slot for programme memory board or memory extension module
Technical InformationController pco3
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
35 of 40
5.3 Controller pco3
FeaturesMicroprocessor H8S2320, 16 Bit, 24 MHz, 512 kB RAMClock, battery bufferedRS485 interface for pLANDisplay connectionProgramme storage in non-volatile flash memory
Inputs and Outputs (versions Small/Medium/Large)
8/14/18 digital inputs8/13/18 digital outputs2/2/4 sensor inputs3/6/6 universal inputs4/4/6 analog outputs
Technical InformationController pco3
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
36 of 40
Overview Controller pco3
Controller overview (Large version) pco3
Technical InformationController pco3
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
37 of 40
1 Connector for power supply 24 VAC/VDC
2 Yellow LED for supply voltage;3 LEDs for local pLAN network
3 Additional supply for operating panel and ratio-metric 0...5 V sensors
Inputs and Outputs 4 Connector for universal analog inputs NTC,
0 - 1 V, 0 - 10 V, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA
5 Connector for passive analog inputs NTC, PT1000, ON/OFF
6 Connector for analog outputs 0 - 10 V
7 Connector for digital inputs 24 VAC/VDC
8 Connector for digital inputs 110/230 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC
9 Connector for digital outputs
Interfaces 10 Connector for the operating console and for download of
the application programme
11 Connector for a synoptic operating panel (not used)
12 Connector for I/O extension modules
13 Connector fo local pLAN network
14 Slot for serial interface board RS485
15 Slot for fieldbus board
16 Slot for service board
Technical InformationBuffer Battery for Realtime Clock
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
P
CS
+rit-1-gb-04-0511.fm
38 of 40
5.4 Buffer Battery for Realtime Clock
Replace the buffer battery at least every 5 years, regardless of its charge condition!
Replace only with battery type CR2430 (lithium battery 3 V)!
During battery replacement, the supply voltage must be present to prevent data loss in the realtime clock.
The battery is held by spring bracket. Lift the bracket care-fully as it may otherwise be destroyed.
Replacing the battery:
• Lift off the cover.
• Push the waste battery sideways from the spring bracket.
• Insert new battery sideways; ensure correct polarity!
• Reinstall the cover.
• Cover contacts with adhesive tape and dispose of the waste battery in a suitable container at a shop or at the local waste removal centre.
By no means dispose of the waste battery with domestic waste!
Returning of batteries is free of charge and required by law.
Replacing the battery
Technical InformationBuffer Battery for Realtime Clock
P
CS
+rit-
1-gb
-04-
0511
.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
39 of 40
Rittal GmbH & Co. KG
Auf dem Stützelberg35745 HerbornGermany
Tel.: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-0Fax: +49 (0) 27 72/50 5-23 19
E-mail: [email protected] Version 03-0610
Erstellt am: 20.06.2011 WEISS Klimatechnik GmbH Erstellt von: GR Druckdatum: 21.06.2011 Seite 1 von 2
pcs+ alarm allocation
Jok 16.03.2011 Projekt: UKS CW and DX
Software Version
1.10 Order number:
Register Fai
lure
U
nit o
ff
Fai
lure
Mai
nten
ance
Alarm Notice AL0 X Fire dampers AL1 X Freeze protection AL2 X Water warning AL3 X Cold water system AL4 X Overload supply air fan 1 AL5 X Overload supply air fan 3 AL6 X Fan overload exhaust-/return air 1 AL7 X Fan overload exhaust-/return air 2 AL8 X High pressure/overload compressor 1 AL9 X High pressure/overload compressor 2 AL10 X High pressure/overload compressor 3 AL11 X High pressure/overload compressor 4 AL12 X Low pressure cooling cycle 1 AL13 X Low pressure cooling cycle 2 AL14 X Superheat controller AL15 X High pressure cooling cycle 2
AL16 X Failure chilled water system 1/ Chilled water pump
AL17 X Failure chilled water system 2/ Warm water pump
AL18 X Failure condensate pump AL19 X Disturbance electrical heater AL20 X Disturbance electrical heater step 2 AL21 X Disturbance humidifier AL22 X Maintenance humidifier AL23 X No air flow supply air AL24 X No air flow exhaust/return air AL25 X No air flow outside air AL26 X Flow monitor chilled water AL27 X Flow monitor warm water AL28 X External component 1 AL29 X External component 2 AL30 X Maintenance exhaust/return air fan AL31 X Maintenance supply air fan AL32 X Maintenance compressor 1 AL33 X Maintenance compressor 2 AL34 X Maintenance compressor 3 AL35 X Maintenance compressor 4 AL36 X Maintenance fresh air fan AL37 X Maintenance supply air filter AL38 X Maintenance return air filter AL39 X Maintenance fresh air filter AL40 X Maintenance hepa filter AL41 X Limit control temperature maximum AL42 X Limit control temperature minimum AL43 X Limit control humidity maximum AL44 X Limit control humidity minimum
Erstellt am: 20.06.2011 WEISS Klimatechnik GmbH Erstellt von: GR Druckdatum: 21.06.2011 Seite 2 von 2
pcs+ alarm allocation
AL45 X Limit supply air temperature maximum AL46 X Limit supply air temperature minimum AL47 Maintenance external component 1 AL48 Maintenance external component 2 AL49 X Emergency power AL50 Special alarm AL51 Memory error controller AL52 X Disturbance extension board is offline
Dampf-Luftbefeuchter / Steam Humidifier / Humidificateur à vapeur
Condair ECCM (OEM)Elektroinstallation / Electric Installation / Installation Eléctrique
1118
284
DE/E
N/FR
090
8
SicherheitDie Elektro-Installation darf nur von qualifiziertem Elektro-Fachpersonal ausgeführt werden! Die Elektroinstallation ist gemäss dem Elektroschema und den Angaben in dieser Anleitung zu erstellen. Die lokalen Vorschriften zur Ausführung von Elektroinstallationen und zur Arbeitssicherheit sind zu beachten und einzuhalten.Achtung! Für die Elektroinstallation sind die Vorgaben der Normen “DIN EN 60335-1” und “DIN EN 60335-2-98” zur Sicherheit elektrischer Geräte zwingend einzuhalten. Insbesondere ist darauf zu achten, dass ein ausreichender Schutz gegen zufällige Berührung stromführender Teile gewährleistet ist.
Heizspannung UpKabelquerschnitt der Netzzuleitung und Absicherung ge-mäss den lokalen Vorschriften für Elektroinstallationen. Die Absicherung darf jedoch die Werte gemäss Tabelle “Elektrische Daten” nicht unterschreiten. In der Netzzu-leitung ist eine allpolige Trennvorrichtung mit mindestens 3 mm Kontaktöffnungsweite vorzusehen. Wichtig! Eine der Phasen ist für die Strommessung durch den Stromsensor zu führen (bei den Dampfzylindertypen “263” und “140” in einer Doppelschlaufe).
Steuerspannung UcKabelquerschnitt der Netzzuleitung und Absicherung ge-mäss den lokalen Vorschriften für Elektroinstallationen. In der Netzzuleitung ist eine allpolige Trennvorrichtung mit mindestens 3 mm Kontaktöffnungsweite vorzusehen. Das Elektroschema gilt für beide Varianten: 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz und 24 V AC/DC.
SicherheitsketteDie potentialfreien Kontakte des Luftströmungswächters, der Ventilatorverriegelung und des Sicherheitshygrosta-ten müssen in Serie an die Klemme “SC” angeschlossen werden. Achtung! Keine Fremdspannung auf die Klemme führen.
Regler-/Sensor-AnschlussRegler/Sensor über abgeschirmtes (Schirm an Klemme “-V”) oder verdrilltes Kabel an die Elektronik anschlies-sen.Hygrostat mit potentialfreiem Kontakt verwenden!
Fernanzeige SammelstörmeldungDie Sammelstörmeldung erfolgt über einen potentialfreien Wechselkontakt (Anschluss “Error”, max. 5 A, 250 V). Schalten von Relais oder Kleinschütz mit entsprechenden Entstörbausteinen.
Elektronik-EinstellungDer Gerätetyp wird über den Drehkodierschalter “S1”, eine allfällige Leistungsbegrenzung über das Potentio-meter “Sx%” und der Feuchtesollwert (bei Verwendung des internen PI-Reglers) über das Potentiometer “%rH” eingestellt.Der Regelsignalbereich sowie die weiteren Betriebs-parameter werden über Jumper eingestellt (siehe ent-sprechende Tabellen).Wichtig! Beim Anschluss an ein Netz mit Fehlerstromschutz-schalter, ist ein Jumper auf die Position “Fi” zu setzen.
SafetyThe electrical installation may only be carried out by qualified electricians!The electrical installation is to be carried out in accordance with the wiring diagram and the information given in this installation instructions. The local regulations concerning the electric installation and the safety at work must be observed and complied with.Caution! For the electrical installation it is mandatory to comply with the regulations stated in the “DIN EN60335-1” and “DIN EN 60335-2-98” standards (concerning the safety of electrical devices). In particular, it must be made sure that there is sufficient protection against inadvertent contact with life parts.
Heating voltage UpCross-section of supply cable and fuse protection according to the local regulations concerning the electric installation. The fuse protection must not be lower than the data provided in the table “Electrical data”. The power supply must be provided with an all-pole disconnecting device having a contact gap of at least 3 mm!Important! For the current measurement one of the phases must be lead through the current sensor (for steam cylinder types “263” and “140” in a double loop).
Control voltage UcCross-section of supply cable and fuse protection according to the local regulations concerning the electric installation. The power supply must be provided with an all-pole discon-necting device having a contact gap of at least 3 mm! The wiring diagram is valid for both versions: 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz and 24 V AC/DC.
Safety chainThe potential-free contacts of the air flow monitor, the fan interlock and the safety humidistat have to be connected in series to terminal “SC”.Important! Do not apply any external voltage to the terminal.
Controller/Sensor connectionConnect controller/sensor via a shielded cable (shield on terminal “-V”) or via a twisted cable to the electronic board.Use a humidistat with potential-free contact!
Remote collective signalOf deviations from normal operating status by a voltage-free contact (terminal “ Error”, max. 5 A, 250 V). Switching of relay and contactor use corresponding screening units.
Electronic adjustmentThe unit type is adjusted via the rotary switch “S1”, the capacity limitation (if necessary) is set via the potentiometer “Sx%” and the nominal value of relative humidity (if internal PI controller is used) is set via the potentiometer “%rH”.The controller signal range and the operating parameters are adjusted by means of jumpers (see corresponding tables).Important! When connecting to a mains supply with leak current breaker a jumper must be put on position “Fi” additionally.
SécuritéL’installation électrique doit être exécutée uniquement par des professionnels qualifiés!Etablir l’installation électrique selon le schéma et les indi-cations de la présente documentation. Veuillez observer et respecter les prescriptions locales concernant l’exécution d’installations électrique et de la sécurité du travail.Attention! Effectuez l’installation électrique en observant impérativement les directives des normes “DIN EN60335-1” et “DIN EN 60335-2-98” pour la protectiondes appareils électriques. En particulier, veillez à assurer une protec-tion suffisante contre l‘attouchement intempestif des parties sous tension électrique.
Tension de chauffage UpSection de la conduite d’alimentation et la valeur de fusibles conformes aux prescription local concernant l’exécution d’installations électriques. La valeur des fusibles ne doit pas être inférieure à celles de la table “Caractéristiques électriques”. Sur la ligne réseau, il faut prévoir un dispositif de coupure tous pôles avec ouverture de contacts d’au moins 3 mm!Important! Pour la mesure du courant, conduire une des phases à travers la sonde de courant (aux types de cylindre de vapeur “263” et “140”, avec une boucle double).
Tension de commande UcSection de la conduite d’alimentation et valeur de fusible conformes aux prescriptions locales concernant l’exécu-tion d’installations électriques. Sur la ligne réseau, il faut prévoir un dispositif de coupure tous pôles avec ouverture de contacts d’au moins 3 mm! Le schéma électrique est valable pour les deux variantes: 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz et 24 V AC/DC.
Chaîne de sécurité Les contacts à potentiel nul du contrôleur de débit d’air, du verrouillage du ventilateur et de l’hygrostat de sécurité doivent être branchés en série à la borne “SC”.Attention! N’appliquez aucune tension étrangère sur la borne.
Raccordement du régulateur/de la sondeRaccorder le régulateur/la sonde par un câble blindé (blindage au borne “-V”) ou par un câble torsadé à la carte électronique.Utiliser un hygrostat avec contact à potentiel nul!
Signalisation à distance de dérangem. collectifLa signalisation de dérangement collectif s’effectue par un contact à potentiel nul (connections “Error”, max. 5 A, 250 V). Connecter le relais ou le contacteur par le biais de dispositifs antiparasites correspondants.
Réglage électroniqueLe type d’appareil se règle au moyen du commutateur rotatif “S1”, la limitation de puissance se règle au moyen du potentiomètre “Sx%” et la valeur de consigne humidité (à l’utilisation du régulateur interne PI) se règle au moyen du potentiomètre “%rH”.Réglage de la plage du signal de régulation et le réglage des paramètres à l’aide des cavaliers (voir tables corres-pondantes).Important! En cas de connexion au réseau avec interrup-teur différentiel, mettez en plus un cavalier sur position “Fi”.
Elektroschema Wiring diagram Schéma d’électrique
SC MD gn ye rd +V IN –VGND
+10V
+12V
mA
SP
2P Fi Z
DRNCDYDSPCTRKLMN
Sx%
%rH
CTN L1 VI V0 Error Sensor
230 V
AC / 5
0...60
Hz
24 V
AC/
DC (O
ption
)
N/P2
L1/P
1
3 x 23
0 VAC
... 3
x 400
VAC
L1L2
L3
+10 V
DC
Erro
r
Servi
ce
Stea
m
R=1.2
kΩ
R=1.2
kΩ
R=1.2
kΩ
φ max.
∆pB2B1
B3
N N N
N / P
1
F1
F2F3
Q2Q3
Y1
Y2 Y3
S2S3
H1H2H3
JP1
JP2
S1B5
T1
J1
250 m
AT (2
30 V
AC)
2 AT
( 24 V
AC/
DC)
UcUp
2 AT
(230
VAC
) 6 A
T (2
4V A
C/DC
)
H1H2H3
Switc
h
max.
5 A / 2
50 V
01
2 3 4 5 6
78
F
E D C BA
9
A1A2
+V IN –V
B4
+V IN –V
+ –Y
durch
Kun
den /
by cl
ient /
par le
clien
t
Damp
fzylin
der
Stea
m cy
linde
r Cy
lindr
e à va
peur
Legende Elektroschema:A1 Stetigregler oder Feuchtesensor
(0...10 V, 2...10 V, 0...20 mA, 2...20 mA)A2 Potentiometer-Feuchteregler
(1kΩ...10 kΩ)B1 VentilatorverriegelungB2 StrömungswächterB3 SicherheitshygrostatB4 Ein/Aus-HygrostatB5 Niveausensor DampfzylinderF1 Sicherung SteuerprintF2 Sicherungen SteuerspannungF3 Sicherungen Heizspannung
(siehe Tabelle “Elektrische Daten”)H1 LED rot: StörungH2 LED gelb: Service, WarnungH3 LED grün: DampfproduktionJ1 Drahtbrücke, falls kein Hauptschalter S3 ange-
schlossen wirdJP1 Jumperblock 1JP2 Jumperblock 2Q2 Serviceschalter SteuerspannungQ3 Serviceschalter HeizspannungS1 Drehkodierschalter GerätetypS2 Abschlämm-/InfotasteS3 HauptschalterSx% Potentiometer Leistungsbegrenzung%rH Potentiometer FeuchtewertY1 Hauptschütz HeizspannungY2 EinlassventilY3 AuslassventilT1 Stromsensor
Legende schéma d’électrique:A1 Régulateur progressif ou Sonde d’humidité
(0...10 V, 2...10 V, 0...20 mA, 2...20 mA)A2 Régulateur d’humidité potentiométrique
(1kΩ...10 kΩ)B1 Verouillage du ventilateurB2 Contrôleur de flux d’airB3 Hygrostat de sécuritéB4 Hygrostat tout-ou-rienB5 Sonde de niveau cylindre à vapeurF1 Fusible platine de commandeF2 Fusibles tension de commandeF3 Fusibles tension de chauffage
(voir table “Données électriques”)H1 LED rouge: ErreurH2 LED jaune: Service, AvertissementH3 LED vert: Production de vapeurJ1 Pontage, si aucun interrupteur d’appareil S3
n’est installéJP1 Socle des cavaliers 1JP2 Socle des cavaliers 1Q2 Interrupteur de service tension de commandeQ3 Interrupteur de service tension de chauffageS1 Commutateur rotatif “type d’appareil”S2 Touche de rinçage/d’infoS3 Interrupteur d’appareil Sx% Potentiomètre “Limitation de puissance”%rH Potentiomètre “Valeur d’humiditée”Y1 Contacteur principal tension de chauffageY2 Vanne d’admissionY3 Vanne d’écoulementT1 Sonde de courante
Index wiring diagram:A1 Continuous controller or humidity sensor
(0...10 V, 2...10 V, 0...20 mA, 2...20 mA)A2 Potentiometric humidity controller
(1kΩ...10 kΩ)B1 Ventilator interlockingB2 Airflow monitorB3 Safety humidistatB4 On/Off humidistatB5 Niveau sensor steam cylinderF1 Fuse control PCBF2 Fuses control voltageF3 Fuses heating voltage
(see table “Electrical data”)H1 LED red: ErrorH2 LED yellow: Service, WarningH3 LED green: Steam productionJ1 Wire bridge, if no unit switch S3 is installedJP1 Jumper bloc 1JP2 Jumper bloc 2Q2 Service switch control voltageQ3 Service switch heating voltageS1 Rotary switch Unit typeS2 Drain/Info keyS3 Unit switchSx% Potentiometer Limit switch%rH Potentiometer humidity valueY1 Main contactor heating voltageY2 Inlet valveY3 Outlet valveT1 Current sensor
Einstellen des Gerätetyps Adjusting the unit type Adjustment du modèle d’appareil
DrehkodierschalterRotation switch
Commutateur rotatif
DampfleistungSteam CapacityDébit de vapeur
HeizspannungHeating voltage
Tension de chauffage
DampfzylinderSteam cylinder
Cylindre à vapeur
BemerkungenRemarksRemarques
Pos. “S1” kg/h Volt/System Typ0 4 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 263 Doppelschlaufe um Stromsensor
Double loop arround current transformerDouble boucle autour du transformateur de courant
1 8 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 363 –––2 15 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 464 –––3 25 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 674 –––4 33 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 664 –––5 45 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 664 –––6 ––– ––– ––– –––7 ––– ––– ––– –––8 2 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 140 Doppelschlaufe um Stromsensor
Double loop arround current transformerDouble boucle autour du transformateur de courant
8 4 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 240 –––9 8 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 342 –––A 4 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 243 –––B 8 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 343 –––C 15 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 444 –––D 21 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 654 –––E 30 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 644 –––F ––– ––– ––– –––
Einstellung der ECCM-Elektronik Adjusting the ECCM electronics Réglage de l’électronique ECCM
Regelsignal-Einstellungen Controller signal adjustments Régulation du signal de régulation
Elektrische Daten Electrical data Caractéristiques électriques
Jumper PositionenPos mit Jumper ohne JumperFi Anschluss an Netz
mit FI-Schutzschalter
Anschluss an Netz ohne FI-Schutzschalter **
DRN Erhöhter Abschlämmfaktor
Normaler Abschlämmfaktor **
CDY Niedrige Wasserleitfähigkeit
Normale Wasserleitfähigkeit **
DSP Austausch- Dampfzylinder **
Reinigbarer Dampfzylinder
K Störung Nr. 4 “Dampf-zylinder Wartung fällig”: Nur Warnungsanzeige
Störung 4 “Dampfzy-linder Wartung fällig”: 72 Std. nach Anzeige der Warnung geht das Gerät auf Störung **
L Störung Nr. 3 “Füllzeit”: Warnung nach 20 Mi-nuten und Error nach 240 Minuten Füllzeit-überschreitung **
Störung Nr. 3 “Füllzeit”: Das Gerät geht nach240 Minuten Füllzeit-überschreitung direkt auf Störung
Z, N keine Funktion (Reserve** Werkseinstellungen
DampfleistungSteam capacityDébit de vapeur
DampfluftbefeuchterSteam humidifier
Humidificateur à vapeur
HeizspannungHeating voltage
Tension de chauffage
NennleistungNominal powerPuissance nom.
NennstromNominal currentCourant nominal
AbsicherungMain Fuses
Fusibles princ.kg/h Modell / Model / Modèle PN max. ** A, max. F1
4 OEM 240 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 3.0 kW 13.0 A 16 A4 OEM 243 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 3.0 kW 7.5 A 3 x 10 A4 OEM 263 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 3.0 kW 4.5 A 3 x 10 A8 OEM 342 230 V/1N~/50..60 Hz 6.0 kW 26.1 A 40 A8 OEM 343 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 6.0 kW 15.1 A 3 x 20 A8 OEM 363 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 6.0 kW 8.7 A 3 x 10 A
15 OEM 444 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 11.3 kW 28.2 A 3 x 40 A15 OEM 464 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 11.3 kW 16.2 A 3 x 20 A21 OEM 654 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 15.8 kW 39.5 A 3 x 50 A25 OEM 674 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 18.8 kW 27.1 A 3 x 40 A30 OEM 644 230 V/3~/50..60 Hz 22.5 kW 56.5 A 3 x 63 A45 OEM 664 400 V/3~/50..60 Hz 33.8 kW 48.7 A 3 x 63 A
Potentiometer für Leistungsbegrenzung **Potmeter for steam capacity limitation **Potentiomètre pour limitation capacité **
Sx%min. 25 %
max. 100 %** Werkseinstellung / Factory setting / Réglage de l’usine: 100 %
Potentiometer für Feuchtesollwert **Potmeter for Humidity set point **Potentiomètre pour valeur de consigne **
%rHmin. 0 %
max. 100 %** Werkseinstellung / Factory setting / Réglage de l’usine: 100 %
Anschluss an Feuchtefühler (interne Feuchteregelfunktion) 1)
Connection to humidity sensor (internal control function) 1)
Connexion à une sonde hygrométrique (régulateur interne) 1)
Signal ( 0 ... 100 % rF / rh / hr) Jumper Pos.0 ... 10 VDC 1) 2 ... 10 VDC0 ... 20 mA 2 ... 20 mA
CTRCTR + SPCTR + mACTR + mA + SP
Hinweis: Den Feuchte-Sollwert mittels Potentiometer %rH einstellenNote: Adjusting the humidity set point by the potmeter %rHRemarque: Ajuster la valeur de consigne par le potentiomètre %rH
** Werkseinstellung / Factory setting / Réglage de l’usine1) Hinweis: Der interne PI Regler ist nur für eine einfache Regelanwendungen konzipiert
(Propotionalbereich Xp: 18 %, Nachstellzeit Tn: 540 s) Note: The internal PI controler is designed for simple regulation applications (Pro-
potional range Xp: 18 %, Integral reset time Tn: 540 s) Remarque: Le régulateur d’humidité PI interne est conçu pour un fonctionnement
du réglage simple (Bande prop. Xp: 18 %, Temps d’integration Tn: 540 s)
Anschluss an einen externen FeuchtereglerConnection to external humidity controllerConnexion au régulateur d’humidité externeSignal Jumper Pos.0 ... 10 VDC ** –––2 ... 10 VDC SP0 ... 20 mA mA4 ... 20 mAPotentiometer/Potentiometer/Potentiomètre 1kΩ ... 10 kΩ
–––SPmASP + mA–––
Hygrostat/Humidistat/Hygrostat (On/Off) 2P** Werkseinstellung / Factory setting / Réglage de l’usine
Manufacturer:Walter Meier (Climate International) Ltd.Talstr. 35-37, P.O. Box, CH-8808 Pfäffikon (Switzerland)Phone +41 55 416 61 11, Fax +41 55 416 62 62www.waltermeier.com, [email protected] Reg.No. 40002-2
Jumper positionsPos with Jumper without JumperFi Mains supply with
ground fault circuit interrupter
Mains without ground fault circuit interrupter **
DRN Increased drain operation factor
Regular drain operation factor **
CDY Low water conductivity Normal water conductivity **
DSP Disposable steam cylinder **
Cleanable steam cylinder
K Fault No. 4 “steam cylinder maintenance due”: Warning only
Fault No. 4 “steam cylinder maintenance due”: the unit triggers an error 72 h after the warning occured **
L Fault No. 3 “Fill time”: warning after 20 min-utes and error after 240 minutes filling time exceedence **
Fault No. 3 “Fill time”: the unit directly triggers an error after exceeding the filling time by more than 240 minutes
Z, N no function (spare)** Factory setting
Positions des JumpersPos avec Jumper sans JumperFi Réseau avec
interrupteur différentielRéseau sans interrup-teur différentiel **
DRN Elévation du taux de vidange
Taux de vidange regulaire **
CDY Conductibilité basse de l’eau
Conductibilité normal de l’eau **
DSP Cylindre disposable **
Cylindre nettoyable
K Dérangement no 4 “Maintenance cylindre à vapeur échue”: uniquement affichage avertissement
Dérangement no 4 “Maintenance cylindre à vapeur échue”: 72 h après avertissement, appareil commute sur erreur **
L Dérangement no 3 “Remplissage”: aver-tissement après 20 min. et erreur après 240 min. de dépasse-ment de remplissage **
Dérangement no 3 “Remplissage”: Après 240 min. de dépasse-ment de remplissage, l’appareil commute sur erreur
Z, N pas de fonction (réserve)** Réglage de l’usine
1 di 2 WCR- D-Rev.1/10
CONDENSER WCR-D SERIES
DRAWING CODE TYPE NR x FAN CODE DIMENSIONS A B C D B1 C1 D1 F ∅1-2 WCRFI00020 63641133 KLDR2 1 x MOTVE00028 1070 755 790 850 335 450 1155 1190 22-18 WCRFI00018 63641134 KLDR3 1 x MOTVE00036 1295 1085 1120 1093 425 563 1615 1415 28-22 WCRFI00021 63641135 KLDR4 2 x MOTVE00028 1295 1085 1120 1093 425 540 1615 1420 35-28 WCRFI00019 63641136 KLDR5 2 x MOTVE00036 1995 1085 1120 1093 425 563 1615 2130 35-28 WCRFI00022 63641137 KLDR6 2 x MOTVE00036 2545 1085 1120 1093 425 563 1615 2680 35-28 WCRFI00025 63641150 KLDR7N 3 x MOTVE00261 3645 1085 1120 1093 425 563 1615 3780 42-35
ANTONIO SEVESO S.p.A. 22078 Turate (Como) - ITALIA VIA Puecher, 24 Tel. (0039) 0296489066 Fax (0039) 029688378
HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION - VERTICAL INSTALLATION
WCR-D
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
2 di 2 WCR- D-Rev.1/10
MODEL MOTVE00028 P1 0,64 kW I 3,0 A n 1220 min-1
MODEL MOTVE00036 P1 0,67 kW I 3,3 A n 890 min-1
MODEL MOTVE00261 P1 0,6 kW I 2,62 A n 860 min−¹ Single phase motor with capacitor, fitted with termocontact protection. Rotation is reversed by changing the connection of auxiliary winding.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
BEFORE INSTALLATION
PLEASE VERIFY THAT THE COIL IS UNDER PRESSION BEFORE INSTALLATION THE CONDENSERS ARE ALWAYS DELIVERED UNDER PRESSURE, THAN YOU CAN EASLY VERIFY THE TIGHTNESS OF CIRCUITS IMMEDIATLY BEFORE THE INSTALLATION. PRIOR WELDING OPERATION UPLOAD PRESSURE. EMPLOY ONLY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL. VERIFY THAT THE ELECTRICAL IMPUT NETWORK IS RIGHT FOR THE FANVENTILATOR CARACHTERISTICS VERIFY THE ROTATION OF FANVENTILATOR IN CASE OF INSTALLATION IN CLOSE ROOM, TAKE CARE ABOUT A RIGHT AIR CIRCULATION
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
PERIODICALLY VERIFY THE SCREWING AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS IN CASE OF INACTIVITY OF THE SYSTEM WE SUGGEST TO PUT IN FUNCTION ANYWAY THE FANVENTILATOR FOR 2 ÷3 HOURS EVERY MONTH CLEAN UP THE COIL PERIODICALLY IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TYPE AND QUANTITY OF DIRT The cleaning would be made by : - opposed steam flushing to the air flow - opposed water flushing to the air flow - non-aggressive detergentes for coil material (Cu-Al-galvanized steel-epossidic painting) - brushing the fins on air inlet side TAKE CARE : DO NOT USE WIRE BRUSH
HG Mini
type HGMinitype HGMini-i
Room Hygrostat type HGMini-Schnapp
measuring range 30..100%rh
ApplicationThe hygrostat type HG Mini is an on-off controller to control therelative air humidity. It is used to control air humidifiers anddehumidifiers in offices and computer rooms. Other areas ofuse are storage of foodstuffs and luxury foods, cooling roomsfor fruit and vegetables, greenhouses for gardening use, thetextile industry, the paper and printing industry, the film industryand hospitals The hygrostat HG Mini is suitable for manyapplications where air humidity has to be controlled or moni-tored.The room hygrostat HG Mini-i is designed so that the controlknob is inside the housing. This makes unauthorizedmanipulation by third parties more difficult.The room hygrostat HG Mini Schnapp is additionally equippedwith an adapter plate which permits snap-on installation on a 35mm top-hat rail in accordance with DIN 43604.
Technical Datameasuring range ............................................... 30...100%rhmeasuring accuracy ...................................................... ±3.0%rhworking range .......................................................... 35...100%rhswitching difference (microswitch) ref. to 50%rh ... 4%rh approx.max voltage .................................................................... 250 V AC !!Attention: 250 V only if it is ensured that no condensate
can form in the sensor head, because voltage flashovermust otherwise be expected.
breaking capacity, maximum loadohmic load .................. 5A 230V AC (lifetime 10,000 cycles)max load "humidify" .............................................. 2A
"dehumidify" .......................................... 5Ainductive load cos ϕ = 0.8 ............................ 0.2A 230V ACinductive load* L/R=3ms .............................1A to 50V DC
.................................. 0.5 to 75V DCelectric bulb load ....................................... 0.2A to 50V DC
breaking capacity, minimum load ............100mA, 20VDC / ACallowable ambient temperature .................................... 0...60°Cmedium temp. coefficient ............. -0.2%/K rel. to 20°C and 50%rhallowable air speed ....................................................... 15m/sect50 at v=2m/sec ....................................................................1.2minfixing .............................................................. slots in housing basemounting position ........................ preferably ventilation slots at
. right-angles to wind directioncontacting ................................. connecting terminal in the caseelectromagnetic compatibility EMC
immunity ..................................................... ref. EN 50 082-2emission ..................................................... ref. EN 50 081-2
case .......................................................... solid plastic, light greydimensions ..........................................................85 x 55 x 36mmprotective system .................................................................. IP20weight ............................................................................ ca 0.06 kg"subject to technical modifications"*check for suitability!
Description of the hygrostatThe humidity measuring element which is manufactu-red by Galltec® under the name "Polyga®", consists ofseveral plastic fabric bands each with 90 individualfibres with a diameter of 0.003 mm each.The fibres areprovided with hygroscopic characteristics by a specialprocess. The measuring element absorbs and des-orbs moisture. The effect, swelling predominantly inlongitudinal direction, is supplied to a microswitch withan extremely low switching travel via a suitable leversystem. The measuring element reponds rapidly andprecisley to the change in air humidity. It is possible toadjust the lever system by setting the setpoint knob sothat the microswitch is actuated when the set airhumidity is reached.The hard-shaped measuring element isaccomodated inside the housing and must beprotected against coarse dust, dirt and water. Thesensors are designed for pressureless systems. Theinstallation location must be selected so thatcondensed water cannot enter the inside of thehousing. Any installation position is possible,preferably with ventilation slots at right-angles to winddirection.
Type switching
1 selector switch for humidification or dehumidification
1 selector switch for humidification or dehumidification knop inside the housing
1 selector switch for humidification or dehumidification with snap-on installation
HG Mini
HG Mini-i
HG MiniSchnapp
42042017
42042018
42042019
Item No.
Type Survey
GallGallGallGallGalltectectectectec Mess- und Regeltechnik GmbH MELAMELAMELAMELAMELA Sensortechnik GmbHD-71145 Bondorf . Germany D-07987 Mohlsdorf (Thüringen) . GermanyTel. +49 (0)7457-9453-0 . Fax +49 (0)7457-3758 Tel. +49(0)3661-62704-0 . Fax +49(0)3661-62704-20E-Mail: [email protected] . Internet:www.galltec.de E-mail:[email protected] . Internet: www.melasensor.de
This information is based on current knowledge and is intended to provide details of our products and their possible applications. It does not, therefore, act as a guarantee of specific propertiesof the products described or of their suitability for a particular application. It is our experience that the equipment may be used across a broad spectrum of applications under the most variedconditions and loads. We cannot appraise every individual case. Purchasers and/or users are responsible for checking the equipment for suitability for any particular application. Any existingindustrial rights of protection must be observed. The perfect quality of our products is guaranteed under our General Conditions of Sale. Issue : December 2001 valid until 31.12.2006 HGMini_E.Subject to modifications, current version available at www.galltec.de. This issue supersedes all previous technical leaflets.
Dimension diagram
Fx rel. hum. of the air (actual value)Fw humidity adjusted on the knob (set value).
If the rel.hum.Fx falls below the setpoint value Fw,the contact 1/4 opens and the contact 1/2 closes.
Circuit diagram
Mounting
The hygrostat must not be exposed to any direct watercontact, e.g. splash water when cleaning the air-conditio-ned room etc.The place of installation must be selected so that a repre-sentative air humidity measurement is guaranteed, i.e. themeasured humidity values at the place of installationshould correspond to those of the room as far as possible.If possible, the hygrostat should be located in the air flow.
>
>
>
It is thus of extreme importance that the temperature isconstant for measurements of the relative air humidity.The air must be homogenous, e.g. possess constanthumidity and temperature for the whole duration of themeasurement.
HGMini_E page 2
Fx
ca 5%rh
ON
OFF
Set value adjusting knob
1
<
Fx>Fw Fx<Fw
230VAC 5A
4 2HGMini
The measurement location of the humidity controller should beselected such that there is no build-up of condensate on or in thedevice. This applies particularly for operation with a voltagehigher than 48V. If the voltage is higher, there is a risk of voltagearcing in the event of water condensation on the microswitch orconnecting terminals which might destroy the controller. In thecase of voltage below 48V, the humidity controller can be usedup to 100%RH.The humidity controller should not be used in aggressive media.
Influence of the relative air humidityfor a temperature fluctuation of ±1°C referred to various roomtemperatures.
MaintenanceIn case of clean air the measuring element is mainten-ance-free. But aggressive and solvent containingagents as per their type and concentration may causefaulty measurements. Water repellent protective filmforming deposits on the sensor, like resin aerosols,lacquer aerosols, fumigant substances etc. are harmfulto almost all types of humidity sensors.
ATTENTION: No warranty will be guaranteed when innerparts of the device have been handled.
4,540
60 80
100
% r.F.
70
90
50
30
68
39
30
40
50
6070
80
90
100
% r.F.
85
5536
10%rh
50%rh
90%rh
10°C
±0,7%rh
±3,5%rh
±6,3%rh
20°C
±0,6%rh
±3,2%rh
±5,7%rh
30°C
±0,6%rh
±3,0%rh
±5,4%rh
50°C
±0,5%rh
±2,6%rh
±4,6%rh
DocumentNr.:A6.5.072/2 ReplacementforA6.5.072/1 Date:01.03.2004 PCN:864752
ALCOCONTROLSEmersonElectricGmbH&CoOHGHeerstr.111-D71332Waiblingen
Tel.:07151509-0-Fax.:-200www.alco-controls.com–[email protected]
OperatingInstructions
UniversalDriverModuleEXD-U00forElectronicValvesEX5…EX8
GB
EXD-U00UniversalDriverModuleisfordrivingALCOsteppermotordrivenelectronicvalvesseriesEXV-5,-6,-7,-8.
! Safetyinstructions:•Readoperating instruction thoroughly.Failure to comply can result in
devicefailure,systemdamageorpersonalinjury.•Itisintendedforusebypersonshavingtheappropriateknowledgeand
skill.•Switchoffallvoltages/currentsbeforecabling.•Complywithlocalelectricalregulationswhenwiring•Donotoperatesystembeforeallcableconnectionsarecompleted.•Donotapply110/220/230VtoanyterminalofdrivermoduleInstallationandwiring•Installelectronicvalveinsystemperoperatinginstructionsofvalve.Forhot
gasbypassapplication,installthevalveasfaraspossiblefromdischargevalveof compressor. Inlet gas temperature to the valve should not exceed 80°C.ContactALCOforhighertemperaturesthan80°C.
Warning:Installvalvewithelectricalconnectorindownwardposition.•InstallDriverModuleandotherexternalelectronicdeviceswhichneedtobe
connectedtodriver.•Set-upallwireconnectionsasshowninwiringdiagram.•Keepseparatethewiresforpowersupply,steppermotorofvalveandsignal.•Recommendedwirecrosssectionbetween0.5mm2and2.5mm2.
SettingUniversaldriverneedsnosettingexceptconfigurationbymeansofdipswitchesforapplicationofdifferentvalve,differentanalogueinputsignalandtypeofstartmode.
Function DipSwitchNumber 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8EX5/EX6 OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF - -EX7 ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON - -EX8 ON ON OFF ON ON ON - -4-20mAAnalogueinputsignal
- - - - - - - OFF
0-10VAnalogueinputsignal
- - - - - - - ON
Withstartmode
- - - - - - ON -
Withoutstartmode
- - - - - - OFF -
Start-upprocedure:•Donotapplyvoltagetothedriverbeforecompletionofwiringandsettingof
dipswitches.•Do not operate the driver and valve when the system is under vacuum or
withoutrefrigerantexceptforclosingvalvebeforechargingofsystem.•Vacuumtheentiresystem.
•Warning:Thevalvesaredeliveredathalfopenposition.Donotchargesystembefore closure of valve in case of expansion valve and hot gas bypassapplication.
•Applysupplyvoltagetodrivermoduleforthefollowingtimeswithoutapplyingdigitalinputsignal24VtoterminalsofEXD-U00:
Valve Time,secondsEX5/EX6 Min:2Max:30EX7/EX8 Min:6Max:30
•Afterclosureofvalve,interruptpowersupplytodrivermoduleandchargethesystemwithrefrigerant.
•Startthesystemandcheckoperatingconditions.Technicaldata,powersupply:•Mainsupplyvoltage:24VAC/DC(+10%,-15%),50-60Hz.Powersupplyline
todrivertobeprotectedby1.0Aexternalfuse.•UseasafetyclassIItransformer.Minimumpowerrequired20VA.•EmergencysupplyvoltageUb(fromECP-024):+18Vdc.Inputs:•1 analogue input 4-20mA, Burden 364 Ω, or 1 analogue input 0-10V,
impedance27kΩ.•1Digitalinput:24VAC/DC(+10%,-15%),50-60Hz.Output:•4current-outputsforsteppermotorofEX5/EX6/EX7/EX8.
Nominalcurrent:0.5AforEX5/EX6,0.75AforEX7and0.8AforEX8. Maximumcablelength:6meterAWG20/22.
UninterruptiblepowersupplyECP-024•Powersupplyvoltage:24VAC±10%•Poweroutputs:Two,each+18VDCWiringDiagram
Universal Driver moduleEXD-U024PCN: Rev.:
EX5/EX 6/EX7/EX8
DigitalSignal
24VAC/DC
UB 24VAC/DC
21 3 4 5 6 7 8
Dip-switches 4/20
mA
0-10
V
AnalogueSignal
Power management unitECP-024PCN: 804 558 Rev.:
Driver I Driver IPower output UB
Power input24 VAC
Transformer
Powersupply
24V
Fuse
Universal Driver moduleEXD-U024PCN: Rev.:
EX5/EX6/EX7/EX8UB 24VAC/DC
21 3 4 5 6 7 8
Dip-switches 4/20
mA
0-10
V
AnalogueSignal
EX5/EX6ElectricalconnectionEX5-Nxx
EX7/EX8Electricalplugconnection
Brow
n
White
Blue
Black
Inputanaloguesignal4-20mAor0-10V
Inputdigitalsignal0V=OFF24V=ON
Controllersupplies4-20mAor0-10V
DigitalSignal
24VAC/DC
optional
1.0A
1.0A
EX8 EX7
EX6 EX5
Ground
ALTR 1 including strap ALTR 3 including strap ALTR 5 including strap ALTR 7 including strap
Surface-contacting temperature controllers
KTR including mounting flange
Duct temperature controllers one- and two-step
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, MOUNTING & INSTALLATION
S+S REGELTECHNIK GMBH KLINGENHOFSTRASSE 11 90411 NUREMBERG ⁄ GERMANY
PHONE +49 (0) 911 ⁄ 5 19 47- 0 FAX +49 (0) 911 ⁄ 5 19 47- 70
[email protected] www.SplusS.de
S+S stands for reliable control technology resulting from certified development and production while employing high-quality materials.
Our products combine easy mounting & installation and precision you feel with long service life in the patented original design.
Guaranteed made in Germany!
PRECISION YOU FEEL. THE ORIGINAL. MADE IN GERMANY.
Congratulations!
You have bought a German
quality product.
MADE
IN
GERMANY
1
THERMASREG® KTR incl. mounting flangeDuct temperature controllers, one-step and two-step EC type-tested, TÜV tested
APPLICATION:Temperature control and temperature limiting feature for heat generation plants. Used for monitoring liquid and gaseous media in the heating, ventilation and air conditioning technology as well as in me-chanical and apparatus engineering.
TECHNICAL DATA:
Switching capacity: ......................... 24 … 250 V AC + 10 %, 10 A, cos ϕ = 1.0 (Contact load) 24 … 250 V AC + 10 %, 1.5 A, cos ϕ = 0.6 at 24 V AC min. 150 mA
Contact: ............................................ dustproof switch block unit as potential-free single-pole or two-pole changeover contact
Enclosure: ........................................ plastic, material polyamide, 30 % glass-globe-reinforced, with quick-locking screws, colour pure white (similar RAL 9010)
Dimensions: ..................................... 108 x 72.5 x 70 mm
Functional principle: ........................ torsion meter with liquid filling
Mounting position: .......................... arbitrary
Cable union:...................................... M 20, including strain relief
Ambient temperature: ................... - 10 °C ...+ 65 °C at the switch block enclosure
Tolerance: ......................................... Tmin ± 5 K; Tmax ± 3 K
Medium controlled: ......................... air
Inserted length: ............................... ca. 205 mm (with flange) ca. 184 mm (without flange)
Process connection: ....................... by mounting flange (included in the scope of delivery)
Electrical connection: .................... 0.14 - 2.5 mm2 via terminal screws
Protection class: ............................. I (according to EN 60 730)
Protection type: .............................. IP 65 (according to EN 60529)
Standards: ....................................... CE conformity, EMC directive 89 ⁄ 336 ⁄ EWG, low-voltage directive 73 ⁄ 23 ⁄ EWG
Tests: ................................................ EC type test (module B) according to directive 97 ⁄ 23 ⁄ EG, certificate No.: IS -TAF - MUC 08 02 100248356 001, DIN EN 14597: 2005 -12, register Nos.: TW 120008, TR 119908, STB 120108, TR ⁄ STB 120208
FUNCTION:
TR, STW: .......................................... Contact 2 - 3 breaks when temperature rises to the preset value.
STB:................................................... Contact 2 - 1 breaks when temperature rises to the preset value. Restart is only possible after cooling off by ca. 15 K - 20 K by pressing the reset button.
Connecting diagram KTR STB + TR (two-step)
Connecting diagram KTR TR, TW (one-step)
Connecting diagram KTR TW+TW (two-step)
Connecting diagram KTR STB (one-step)
2
Dimensional drawing KTR TW (one-step)
KTR - 060 - U KTR - 090 - U
(one-step) TW
Registernr.: TW 120008
Dimensional drawing KTR TW + TW (two-step)
KTR - 090090 - U
(two-step) TW + TW
Registernr.: TW 120008
3
Dimensional drawing KTR TR (one-step)
KTR -1 KTR - 060 KTR - 090 KTR - 0120 KTR - 50140
(one-step) TR
Registernr.: TR 119908
Dimensional drawing KTR TR + STB (two-step)
KTR - 060 R 85 KTR - 090 R 110
(two-step) TR + STB
Registernr.: TR ⁄ STB 120208
4
Dimensional drawing KTR STB (one-step)
KTR -R 6585 KTR - R 90110
(one-step) STB
Registernr.: STB 120108
Dimensional drawing MF -14 - K MF -14 - K
Mounting flange, plastic
5
THERMASREG® KTR incl. mounting flangeDuct temperature controllers, one-step and two-step EC type-tested, TÜV tested
Thermal Maximum Temperature Operating Difference Capillary Typ ⁄ WG2 Range (fixed) ca. Temperature Function
KTR (one-step) 1. – 1. –
KTR -1 - 35 °C …+35 °C 3 K +75 °C TR
KTR - 060 0 °C …+60 °C 3 K +75 °C TR
KTR - 060 - U 0 °C …+60 °C 3 K +75 °C TW
KTR - 090 0 °C …+90 °C 3 K +120 °C TR
KTR - 090 - U 0 °C …+90 °C 3 K +120 °C TW
KTR - 0120 0 °C …+120 °C 5 K +135 °C TR
KTR - 50140 +50 °C …+140 °C 5 K +150 °C TR
KTR - R 6585 +65 °C …+85 °C +0 ⁄ -15 K … 20 K +120 °C STB
KTR - R 90 110 +90 °C …+110 °C +0 ⁄ -15 K … 20 K +120 °C STB
KTR (two-step) 1. 2. 1. 2.
KTR - 090090 - U 0 °C …+90 °C 0 °C …+90 °C 3 K 3K +120 °C TW + TW
KTR - 060 R 85 0 °C …+60 °C +65 °C …+85 °C 3 K +0 ⁄ -15 K … 20 K +120 °C TR + STB
KTR - 090 R110 0 °C …+90 °C +90 °C …+110 °C 3 K +0 ⁄ -15 K … 20 K +135 °C TR + STB
Optional: U = Internal setting, unless included in a certain type ⁄ 2 = 2 steps, unless included in a certain type STW = Safety temperature monitor (internal setting)
Features: FT = Manual reset when temperature drops ST = Manual reset when temperature rises TR = Temperature controller (external setting) TB = Temperature limiter (internal setting)) TW = Temperature monitor (internal setting) STB = Safety temperature limiter (internal setting), form outside switchpoint confirmation with restart interlock, restart by reset button ca. 15 … 20 K below switching temperature (+0 K ⁄ -15 … 20 K
6
THERMASREG® ALTR 1 including strap THERMASREG® ALTR 3 including strap THERMASREG® ALTR 5 including strap THERMASREG® ALTR 7 including strapSurface-contacting temperature controllers
Dimensional drawing ALTR 1 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 7
APPLICATION:For monitoring, controlling, and limiting of temperatures at piping or vessels or in connection with hot-water and floor heating systems.
TECHNICAL DATA:Switching capacity: ......................... 24… 250 V AC + 10 %, 16 A, cos ϕ = 1.0
24… 250 V AC + 10 %, 1,5 A, cos ϕ = 0.6 (Contact load) at 24 V AC min. 150 mA
Contact: ............................................ dustproof switch block unit as potential-free single-pole changeover contact
Max. sensor temperature: ............. see table
Enclosure: ........................................ plastic, material polyamide, 30 % glass-globe-reinforced, with quick-locking screws, colour pure white (similar RAL 9010)
Dimensions: ..................................... 108 x 72.5 x 70 mm
Cable union:...................................... M 20, including strain relief
Enclosure temperature: ................. - 35 °C ...+ 65 °C
Functional principle: ....................... Tmin ± 5 K, Tmax ± 5 K
Sensor element: ............................. torsion meter with liquid filling
Process connection: ....................... endless strap in metal tightener (included in the scope of delivery)
Strap dimensions: ........................... Ø = 13 - 92 mm (1 ⁄ 4 - 3”), L = 300 mm
Electrical connection: .................... 0.14 - 2.5 mm2 via terminal screws
Protection class: ............................. I (according to EN 60 730)
Protection type: .............................. IP 65 (according to EN 60529)
Standards: ....................................... CE conformity, EMC directive 89 ⁄ 336 ⁄ EWG, low-voltage directive 73 ⁄ 23 ⁄ EWG
FUNCTION:Heating : ........................................... The preset setpoint (scale value) is equivalent to the switch-off
value of the heating. The switch-on value is lower by the amount of operating difference. Contact 2 - 3 breaks when temperature rises to the preset value.
Cooling: ............................................. The preset setpoint (scale value) is equivalent to the switch-on value of the cooling. The switch-off value is lower by the amount of operating difference. Contact 1- 2 closes when temperature rises to the preset value.
Connecting diagram ALTR 1 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 7
ALTR 1 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 7
ALTR 1 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 5 U
Typ ⁄ WG2 Temperature Thermal operating Max. capillary Features range difference (fixed) ca. temperature
ALTR -1 - 35 °C …+ 35 °C 5 ± 1 K + 60 °C External setting, TR
ALTR - 3 0 °C …+ 60 °C 5 ± 1 K + 75 °C External setting, TR
ALTR - 5 0 °C …+ 90 °C 5 ± 1 K +120 °C External setting, TR
ALTR - 7 0 °C …+ 120 °C 5 ± 1 K +130 °C External setting, TR
Options: U = Internal setting, e.g. ALTR -1U
7
General notes
General notesOur “General Terms and Conditions for Business“ together with the “General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry“ (ZVEI conditions) including supplementary clause “Extended Retention of Title“ apply as the exclusive terms and conditions. This device shall only be used for its intended purpose. Respective safety regulations issued by the VDE, the states, their control authorities, the TÜV and the local energy supply company must be observed. The purchaser has to adhere to the building and safety regulations and has to prevent perils of any kind.No warranties or liabilities will be assumed for defects and damages arising from improper use of this device.Consequential damages caused by a fault in this device are excluded from warranty or liability.These devices must be installed by authorised specialists only.The technical data and connecting conditions of the mounting and operating instructions delivered together with the device are exclu-sively valid. Deviations from the catalogue representation are not explicitly mentioned and are possible in terms of technical progress and continuous improvement of our products.In case of any modifications made by the user, all warranty claims are forfeited.This device must not be installed close to heat sources (e.g. radiators) or be exposed to their heat flow. Direct sun irradiation or heat irradiation by similar sources (powerful lamps, halogen spotlights) must absolutely be avoided.Prevent these devices from exposure to direct influence of water, e.g. splash water. If this device is operated beyond the specified range, all warranty claims are forfeited. This device must not be used for monitoring applications, which solely serve the purpose of protecting persons against hazards or injury, or as an EMERGENCY STOP switch for systems or machinery, or for any other similar safety-relevant purposes.Dimensions of enclosures or enclosure accessories may show slight tolerances on the specifications provided in these instructions.Modifications of these records are not permitted.In case of a complaint, only complete devices returned in original packing will be accepted.This device can be mounted in any position. To do the wiring (electrical connection), the turning knob and the two screws attached at the cover are removed. For wall mounting or mounting on other surfaces, use the screws delivered together with the device. On devices with adjustable operating difference, the same is preset to the desired temperature by a separate adjusting thumb wheel or lever at the clamp block.
Installation scheme TH
INFORMATION FOR PLANNING AND INSTALLATION
Permissible approach velocities (flow rates) for crosswise approached protective tubes in water.
The protective tube is caused to vibrate by the approaching flow.
If the specified approach velocity is exceeded even by a marginal amount, a negative influence on the lifetime of the protective tube may result (material fatigue).
Please observe the permissible approach velocities for stainless steel protective tubes (see diagram TH-VA) as well as for brass protective tubes (see diagramTH-ms).
Gas discharges and pressure surge must be avoided as such have negative influence on lifetime or damage protective tubes.
LENGTH OF STAINLESS STEEL PROTECTIvE TUBE (mm)
FLO
W v
ELO
CIT
Y
(m/s
)
LENGTH OF BRASS PROTECTIvE TUBE (mm)
1202
XI ⁄
08
© Copyright by S+S Regeltechnik GmbH · Reprints, in part or in total, are only permitted with the approval of S+S Regeltechnik GmbH.
8
Document Nr.: EC3-X33_65126_EN_R05.doc Replacement for R04 1 / 4 17.03.2008
EC3-X33 / EC3-X53 Superheat Controller and ECD-002 Keypad / Display Unit
Operating Instructions GB
Description EC3-X33/X53 are universal superheat controllers in conjunction with Alco Electrical Control Valves EX4...EX8. EC3-X53 is the version without internal rechargeable battery.
! Safety instructions: • Read installation instructions thoroughly. Failure to comply can result in
device failure, system damage or personal injury. • The product is intended for use by persons having the appropriate
knowledge and skills. • Disconnect all voltages from system before installation. • Do not operate system before all cable connections are completed. • Comply with local electrical regulations when wiring. Note: The EC3-X33 series contains a lead, acid gel rechargeable battery. The battery must NOT be disposed of with other commercial waste. Instead, it is the user’s responsibility to pass it to a designated collection point for the safe recycling of batteries (harmonised directive 98/101/EEC). For further information contact your local environmental recycling centre.
Technical data
Power supply 24VAC ±10%; 50/60Hz; 1A Power consumption 25VA max. including EX4 … EX8 Plug-in connector Removable screw terminals
wire size 0.14 … 1.5 mm2 Grounding 6.3 mm spade earth connector Protection class IP20 Connection to ECD-002 ECC-Nxx or CAT5 cable with RJ45 connectors Digital Inputs 0/24VAC/DC for stop/start function NTC input Alco Controls temperature sensor ECN-N60 4-20 mA Analog input Alco Controls PT4-07S / PT4-18S / PT4-30S 4-20 mA Analog output For connection to any 3rd party controller with
12/24VDC power supply and appropriate burden Output alarm relay SPDT contacts 24V AC/DC, 2 Amp inductive load Activated: During normal operation (no alarm condition) Deactivated: During alarm condition or power supply is OFF Stepper motor output for EX4…EX8
Maximum current 0.8A with nominal 24VDC operating voltage
Mounting The EC3-X33/X53 is designed to be mounted onto a standard DIN rail.
Electrical installation • Refer to the electrical wiring diagram for electrical connections. • Do not apply voltage to the controller before completion of wiring. • Ground the metal housing with a 6.3mm spade connector. • Important: Keep controller and sensor wiring well separated from mains wiring.
Minimum recommended distance 30mm. Warning: Use a class II category transformer for 24VAC power supply. Do not ground the 24VAC lines. We recommend to use individual transformers for EC3 controller(s) and for 3rd party controllers to avoid possible interference or grounding problems in the power supply. Connecting any EC3 inputs to mains voltage will permanently damage the EC3. Digital input status is dependant to operation of compressor/thermostat Commander Operating condition Digital input
Compressor starts Closed / 24V (Start) Compressor Compressor stops Open / 0V (Stop) Demand (compressor must be ON) Closed / 24V (Start) Thermostat No demand Open / 0V (Stop)
Wiring
A: White wire B: Black wire C: Blue wire D: Brown wire E: Plug cable assembly EX5-Nxx for connection to
EX4/EX5/EX6/EX7/EX8(new) F: PG/DIN plug for connection to EX8 (prior to March 2008 production) G: Remote control panel, system controller H: Alarm relay, dry contact. Relay coil is not energised at Alarm or power off I: Digital input (0V/open = Stop; 24V/closed = Start) J: Transformer Class II, 24VAC secondary / 25VA K: Third party controller (can use the analog output signal from EC3)
Preparation for Start-up: • Vacuum the entire refrigeration circuit.
Warning: Alco Electrical Control Valves EX4...EX8 are delivered at half open position. Do not charge system before closure of valve.
• Apply supply voltage 24V to EC3 while the digital input is 0V. The valve will be driven to close position.
• After closure of valve, start to charge the system with refrigerant. Warning: EC3 needs to be setup prior to start-up. Do not apply 24V digital input to EC3 before completion of main parameters setting.
• Connect ECD-002 to EC3 as shown in wiring diagram with ECC-Nxx cable or with any standard straight Cat5 cable with two RJ45 plugs.
Document Nr.: EC3-X33_65126_EN_R05.doc Replacement for R04 2 / 4 17.03.2008
EC3-X33 / EC3-X53 Superheat Controller and ECD-002 Keypad / Display Unit
Operating Instructions GB
ECD-002 display/keypad unit (LEDs and button functions)
Setup of main parameters (need to be checked/modified before start-up) using ECD-002 • Make sure that digital input is 0V (open). Turn the power supply ON. Important: Three main parameters i.e. refrigerant type (u0), pressure sensor type (uP) and valve type (ut) can be set only when digital input is open (0V) while the power supply is ON (24V). This feature is for added safety to prevent accidental damage of compressors and other system components. • For easy setting of main parameters, follow the pictorial procedure of “Quick
start-up” on the attached individual paper. Once the main parameters have been selected/saved the EC3 is ready for startup. All other parameters can be modified at any time during operation or standby if it is necessary.
Start-up Start the system and check the superheat and operating conditions. The EC3-X33/53 is fully functional without keypad/display unit. ECD-002 may be removed or connected at any time.
Procedure for parameters modification using ECD-002 The parameters can be accessed via the 4-button keypad. The configuration parameters are protected by a numerical password. The default password is “12”. To select the parameter configuration:
Press the PRG button for more than 5 seconds A flashing 0 is displayed Press or until 12 is displayed; (password) Press SEL to confirm password Press or to show the code of the parameter that has to be changed; Press SEL to display the selected parameter value; Press or to increase or decrease the value; Press SEL to temporarily confirm the new value and display its code; Repeat the procedure from the beginning "press or to show..."
To exit and save the new settings: Press PRG to confirm the new values and exit the parameters modification procedure.
To exit without modifying any parameters: Do not press any button for at least 60 seconds (TIME OUT).
Reset all parameters to factory setting: • Make shure that digital input is 0V (open). • Press and together for more than 5 seconds. • A flashing 0 is displayed. • Press or until the password is displayed (Factory setting = 12). If password was changed, select the new password. • Press SEL to confirm password • “0” is displayed. • Press SEL to reset all parameters to factory setting • Press PRG to activate the function and leave the special function mode.
Control (valve) start-up behaviour (Parameter uu and u9)
EX4/5/6 ≤ 1.5 seconds EX7 ≤ 3.2 seconds EX8 ≤ 5.2 seconds
Main parameters (must be checked and modified if necessary) Code Parameter description and choices Min Max Factory
setting Field
settingH5 Password 1 199 12 u0 System refrigerant 0 7 1
0 = R22 1 = R134a 2 = R507 3 = R404A 4 = R407C 5 = R410A 6 = R124 7 = R744 (subcritical application)
uP Installed pressure sensor type 0 1 0 0 = PT4-07S (for R22/R134a/R507/R404A/R407C/R124)
1 = PT4-18S (for R410A) 2 = PT4-30S (for R744, subcritical)
ut Installed valve type 1 5 5 1 = EX4 2 = EX5 3 = EX6 4 = EX7 5 = EX8
Optional parameters (recommended factory setting for majority of applications)
uu Start valve opening (%) 10 100 50 u9 Start opening duration (second) 1 30 5 uL Low superheat alarm function 0 2 1
0 = disable (for flooded evaporator) 1 = enable auto reset 2 = enable manual reset Cut-out at 0.5K (if it maintains 1 min.); Cut-in immediately at 3K
u5 Superheat set-point (K) If uL enabled (auto or manual) If uL disabled
3
0.5
30 30
6 6
u2 MOP function 0 1 1 0 = disable 1 = enable
u3 MOP set-point (°C) saturation temperature * * X Factory setting is according to selected refrigerant (u0):
+13°C for R22 +15°C for R134a +7°C for R507 +7°C for R404A +15°C for R407C +15°C for R410A +50°C for R124 -5°C for R744
5 Units conversion (only for u3, u5, 1) 0 1 0 0 = °C, K, bar 1 = °F, R, psig
(Psig values are divided by 10. Example: Display 12.5 is 125 psig)
Value to show 0 4 0 1 0 = Measured superheat (K) 1 = Measured evaporating pressure, (bar);2 = Valve opening (%) 3 = Measured coil-out temperature (°C) 4 = Calculated evaporating temperature (°C) from the pressure
u4 Superheat control mode 0 = Standard, 1 = Slow
0 1 0
b1 Battery error management, when battery is defective (EC3-X33 only), see below:
0 3 2
value
Alarm display
Alarm relay
Valve
Reset possibility after
recovery/replacement
0 - - Regulating - 1 Ab - Regulating - 2 Ab Signalling Fully close Auto 3 Ab
(blinking) Signalling Fully close Manual
*) Min. and Max. setting values are dependant to selected type of refrigerant.
Mounting of ECD-002 ECD-002 can be installed at any time also during operation. • ECD-002 can be mounted in panels with 71x29
mm cutout • Push controller into panel cut-out.(1) • Make sure that mounting lugs are flush with
outside of controller housing • Insert allen key into front panel holes and turn
clockwise. Mounting lugs will turn and gradually move towards panel (2)
• Turn allen key until mounting lug barely touches panel. Then move other mounting lug to the same position (3)
• Tighten both sides very carefully until keypad is secured. Do not over tighten as mounting lugs will break easily.
Sec.
uu
u9
%
EC3
-X3
BA.c
dr
Blinking: valve is closing ON: valve is fully close
Blinking: valve is opening ON: valve is fully open
ON: demand OFF: no demand
ON: alarm OFF: no alarm
Parameters setting/saving
Selecting/confirming
Next parameter/ value (higher)
Next parameter/ value (lower)Prg & Sel (5 sec)
Manual reset for blinking alarm codes
Document Nr.: EC3-X33_65126_EN_R05.doc Replacement for R04 3 / 4 17.03.2008
EC3-X33 / EC3-X53 Superheat Controller and ECD-002 Keypad / Display Unit
Operating Instructions GB
Error/Alarm handling Alarm code
Description Related parameter
Alarm relay
Valve What to do? Requires manual reset after resolving alarm
E0 Pressure transmitter error
- Signalling Fully close Check wiring connection and measure the signal 4 to 20 mA No
E1 Temperature sensor error
- Signalling Fully close Check wiring connection and measure the resistance of sensor No
AΠ EX4…EX8 electrical connection error
- Signalling - Check wiring connection and measure the resistance of winding No
AL uL: 1 Signalling Fully close No AL blinking
Low superheat (<0,5K) uL: 2 Signalling Fully close
Check wiring connection and operation of valve Yes
Ab
b1: 1 - Regulating -
Ab
b1: 2 Signalling Fully close -
Ab blinking
Battery error
b1: 3 Signalling Fully close
Battery potentially does not have enough charge to close valve in case of main power supply interruption. May occur temporarily with new controllers or after long storage but should disappear when battery is charged sufficiently. If Ab remains active even when battery is charged, battery may be defective and should be replaced. (Replacement kit: 807 790).
Yes
Er Data error display - out of range
- - - Data send to the display is out of range. Check temperature and pressure sensor.
No
Note: When multiple alarms occur, the highest priority alarm is displayed until being cleared, then the next highest alarm is displayed until all alarms are cleared. Only then will parameters be shown again.
Message --- No data to display
The display will show an “---” at start up and when no data is send to ECD-002
Checking system operating conditions The data to be permanently shown on the display can be selected by the user (parameter 1). It is possible to temporarily display other values. However this function is not available in an alarm condition. The display will show for one
second the numerical identifier of the data (see 1 parameter) and then the selected data. After 5 minutes, the display will return to the value selected by parameter 1.
Service / Troubleshooting Symptom Cause Action
Operating superheat is several degrees higher or lower than set-point
Incorrect signal from pressure or temperature sensors
1- Check the sensors 2- Make sure ECN-N60 temperature sensor is used 3- For optimum accuracy, please use: PT4-07S for R22/R134a/R507/R404A/R407C/R124 PT4-18S for R410A PT4-30S for R744 4- Make sure the sensor cables are not installed along with other
high voltage cables Operating superheat is too low i.e. compressor wet running 1- Incorrect wiring of ECVs
2- Defective sensors 1- Check the wiring 2- Check the sensor
Valve is not fully closed 1- The digital input is ON (24V) 2- Wrong setting of parameter ut.
1- Valve is shut off only when the digital input is turned off (0V) 2- Check the setting of parameter ut
Instable superheat (hunting) Evaporator is designed to operate at higher superheat
Increase the superheat set-point
Valve opens when EC3 commands to close and vice versa Wrong wiring between EC3-X33 and valve
Correct the wiring
EX8 is not able to open at high differential pressure Wrong setting of parameter ut Check the parameter ut. (Larger valve requires higher torque and higher current)
Superheat set-point is shifting after several months of uninterrupted operation or permanent jumper of 24V digital input
Stepper motor driven valves require synchronization
Do not apply permanent 24V digital input. Interrupt digital input once every week for 5 seconds if compressor never stops.
Dimensions
EC3-X33 /X53 ECD-002
Emerson Electric GmbH & Co OHG - Postfach 1251 - Heerstraße 111 - D-71332 Waiblingen - Germany - Phone .49-(0)7151-509-0 - Fax .49-(0)7151-509-200 www.eCopeland.com/alcoliterature.cfm
Document Nr.: EC3-X33_65126_EN_R05.doc Replacement for R04 4 / 4 17.03.2008
Quick Start Up
EC3-X33 / EC3-X53 & ECD-002
0
1
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
2
2a
2b 0 = R22
1 = R134a 2 = R507 3 = R404A 4 = R407C 5 = R410A 6 = R124 7 = R744
2
3
3a
3b
0 = PT4-07S (R22/R134a/R507/R404A/R407C/R124) 1 = PT4-18S (R410A) 2 = PT4-30S (R744)
3c
4
4a
4b
1 = EX4 2 = EX5 3 = EX6 4 = EX7 5 = EX8
4c
4d
4e
Display of Data:
Emerson Electric GmbH & Co OHG - Postfach 1251 - Heerstraße 111 - D-71332 Waiblingen - Germany - Phone .49-(0)7151-509-0 - Fax .49-(0)7151-509-200 www.eCopeland.com/alcoliterature.cfm
5 sec.
1-199
88
EX4, EX5EX6, EX7EX8
Po => To Ts
Vo (%)Ts (°C) To (°C)SH = Ts - To (K) 100%
0%
Po (barg)
EC
3X_6
5130
.cdr
R22
R 410AEX7
0 V
EC3-X33
24 V AC
EC3-X33
24 V AC
24 V
PT4
12x
Ter
min
al
Con
nect
ing
cabl
e 4
pole
0,1
4 qm
m
1whi
te
: 24V
AC
/DC
sup
ply
2 br
own:
24V
AC
/DC
sup
ply
3 gr
een
: N.C
. con
tact
ala
rm4
yello
w: N
.C. c
onta
ct a
larm
Indi
catio
n :
LE
D g
reen
: op
erat
ion
LE
D r
ed
: al
arm
In c
ase
of p
ower
failu
re th
ere
lay
cont
act 3
-4 is
ope
n.
Tec
hnic
al D
ata
Det
ecto
r2x
2 d
etec
tor
elec
trod
esLa
ying
on
the
floor
at th
e un
ders
ide
0,5m
m h
ighe
r th
an fr
ame
foot
Out
put r
elay
s m
ax. 1
A, m
ax. 6
0V
Mea
surin
g re
sist
ance
of
wat
er d
etec
tor
sens
itivi
tyin
put ~
0,8
– 1
M O
hm
Ele
ctric
conn
ectin
gca
ble
LIY
Y 4
x0,1
4, le
ngth
4m
Cab
le o
uter
dia
met
er3,
7 m
mP
ower
sup
ply
24V
AC
/DC
, +-1
5%P
ower
cur
rent
max
. 20m
AIs
olat
ion
supp
ly/c
onta
ct50
0 V
Cas
ting
com
poun
dD
IN16
945,
DIN
5350
5,D
IN53
482
Air
hum
idity
0–
95 %
rh
Ope
ratin
g te
mpe
ratu
re0
- +
60°C
Sto
rage
tem
pera
ture
-30
- +8
0°C
Con
stru
ctio
n, c
able
ent
ryP
CB
mou
nt.
Wei
ght
130
gD
imen
sion
s46
x34x
28m
m (
WxL
xH)
The
wat
er d
etec
tor
is s
uita
ble
for
foot
mou
ntin
g. T
he d
etec
tor
stay
s on
4 p
last
ic fe
et, t
he s
enso
rs a
re 0
,5m
m h
ighe
r.T
he d
etec
tor
is n
ot s
uita
ble
to b
e co
ntin
ued
unde
r w
ater
. To
take
ther
efor
e, th
e op
tical
sen
sor
SW
M 5
is b
ette
r rig
ht.
If th
e de
tect
or d
etec
ts n
o w
ater
, the
rel
ay c
onta
ct 3
-4 is
clo
sed.
The
gre
en L
ED
indi
cate
s no
rmal
con
ditio
n.If
ther
e is
wat
er o
r no
pow
er s
uppl
y, th
e co
ntac
t 3-4
is o
pen.
The
red
LE
D w
ill n
otify
whe
n w
ater
is d
etec
ted.
RIN
CK
EL
EC
TR
ON
IC G
MB
HK
leek
amp
6D
-273
56 R
oten
burg
(W
ümm
e)w
ww
.rin
ck-e
lect
roni
c.de
info
@rin
ck-e
lect
roni
c.de
B 6
53E
_SW
M32
01.0
7.04
WA
TE
R L
EA
KA
GE
DE
DE
CT
OR
SW
M3.
2
Det
ectio
n4x
ele
ctro
de a
t the
und
er fr
ame
Out
put
N.C
. con
tact
, LE
D in
dica
tion
Pow
er s
uppl
y24
V A
C/D
C
Operating Instructions
27610-2.3 0405 page 1
General Safety Instructions Application Electrical Connection Installation Maintenance You have bought a Jung Pumpen product and therefore purchased quality and performance. Guarantee this achievement by an installation according to the operating instructions so that our product can meet your demands to your full satisfaction. Please note that damages as a result of poor installation will affect the guarantee. For this reason please follow the advice of the operating instructions. Like any other electrical appliance the operation of this product can fail by electrical failure or technical faults. It is wise to always consider standby pumps, emergency generator and a control unit fitted with mains independent alarm. U 3 K NIRO ID-No. 00205 / 02 U 3 KS NIRO ID-No. 00206 / 02 U 3 KS NIRO ID-No. 09808 / 02
Submersible sump pump
Operating Instructions
page 2
General Safety Instruction This operation manual gives basic instructions that should be followed carefully during installation, operation and maintenance. It is essential that this manual is carefully read by the responsible personnel/operator before assembly and commissioning. It is always to be kept available at the installation site. Identification of safety instructions in the operating manual Safety instructions given in this manual non-available with which would affect safety are identified by the following symbol:
General danger for personnel Dangerous voltage Danger for machine and function
It is imperative that signs affixed to the machine, e.g. - rotation arrow - fluid connection symbols - data / approval plate be observed and kept legible. Qualification of personnel An authorized (certified) electrician and mechanic shall carry out all work. Scope of responsibility and supervision of the personnel must be exactly defined by the plant operator. If the staff does not have the necessary knowledge, they must be trained and instructed, which may be performed by the machine manufacturer or supplier on behalf of the plant operator, moreover, the plant operator is to make sure that the contents of the operating manual are fully understood by the personnel. Hazards in the event of non-compliance with the safety instructions Non-compliance with the safety instructions may produce a risk to the personnel as well as to the environment and the machine and results in a loss of any right to claim damages or compensation. For example, non-compliance may involve the following hazards: - Failure of important functions of the machine/plant - Failure of specified procedures of maintenance and repair - Exposure of people to electrical, mechanical and chemical hazards - Endangering the environment owing to hazardous substances being released. Safety regulations for owner / operator All safety instructions contained in this manual, all relevant national and local health and safety codes and any other service and safety instructions issued by the plant operator shall be complied with.
Safety instructions relevant for operation If hot or cold machine components involve hazards, they must be guarded against accidental contact. Guards for moving parts (e.g. coupling) must not be removed form the machine while in operation. Any leakage of hazardous (e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) fluids (e.g. from the shaft seal) must be drained away so as to prevent any risk to persons or the environment. Statutory regulations are to be complied with. The pumping station must be kept tidy and in good condition. Hazards resulting from electricity are to be prevented (see for example, the national-specifications or the regulations of your local electricity supply company.) Safety instructions relevant for maintenance, inspections and assembly work It shall be the plant operator’s responsibility to ensure that all maintenance, inspection and assembly work is performed by authorized and qualified personnel who have adequately familiarized themselves with the subject matter by studying this manual in detail. Any work on the machine shall only be performed when it is at a stand-still, it being imperative that the procedure for shutting down the machine described in this manual be followed. Pumps and pump units which convey hazardous media must be decontaminated. All waste emissions such as used oil must be appropriately disposed of, oil spills must be cleaned up and emissions to the environment must be reported. On completion of work all safety and protective facilities must be reinstalled and made operative again. Prior to restarting the machine, the instructions listed under "Electrical Connection" and "Installation" are to be observed. Unauthorized alterations and production of spare parts Any modification may be made to the machine only after consultation with the manufacturer. Using spare parts and accessories authorised by the manufacturer is in the interest of safety. Use of other parts may exempt the manufacturer from any warranty or compensation claims. Unauthorized modes of operation The reliability of the machine delivered will be only guaranteed if it is used in the manner intended, in accordance with clause 1; of this manual: The limit values specified in the data sheet must under no circumstances be exceeded. Warranty claim Jung Pumpen pumps are long living, high quality products with expected reliable operation. However, should the need arise for a warranty claim, please contact your Jung Pumpen distributor.
Operating Instructions
page 3
List of contents • General safety instructions............................................................................ page 2 • List of contents.............................................................................................. page 3 • Extent of delivery.......................................................................................... page 4 - Application - Wiring diagram • Safety precautions ....................................................................................... page 5 • Installation .................................................................................................... page 6 - 8 - Single unit - Installation with guide rail system - Duplex unit - Mobile operation - Low level pumping - Whirl system - Maintenance • Sectional drawing ......................................................................................... page 9 • Spare parts list ............................................................................................. page 10
Operating Instructions
page 4
Technical Data Supply voltage : 1N/PE x 230 V - 50 Hz Power input : 320 W Max. switching frequency : 30 / h Dimensions : 220 x 230 x 155 mm (h x ∅) Protective system : IP 68 Weight : approx. 3,5 kg / 4,9 kg Max.water temperature : 1 -35 °C (60 °C short time) Description This manual applies to a Jung Pumpen submersible sump pump U 3 K or U 3 KS with vortex impeller and mounted on level control. Application - The U 3 K/KS pump is designed for usual domestic
waste water. It must not be used for pumping sewage water from lavatories. In some countries sumps with a connection to the public sewer are an explosion hazardous location. For this application the explosion proof UFK series is necessary, for further information ask your distributor.
- Only Ex-approved pumps may be used at different operating conditions in explosion hazardous locations. Please ask the industrial and trade supervision, the building inspection or the employer´s liability insurance association for such an application.
- Allowed temperature of pumped medium: Continuous operation : 35 °C (S1-operation) Intermittent operation : 60°C (S3-operation 40%), 4 min. operation, 6 min. stand by
- The pumps can be used for pumping waste water from dish washers and washing machines.
- If kept dry the pump can be stored down to a minimum temperature of -20°C.
- The flooded pump must not freeze. - Without any additional accessories, a low level
pumping in flooded basements, on flat roofs etc. down to 5 mm water level is possible (see low level pumping).
Transportation and storage The pump can be transported and stored in vertical or horizontal position.
Always use the handle to carry the pump, never lift it at the cable. Make sure the pump cannot roll or fall over and injure people or damage property.
If kept dry the pump can be stored down to a minimum temperature of -20°C. The flooded pump must not freeze. For longer periods of storage, the pump must be protected against moisture and heat. The impeller should be rotated occasionally to prevent the seals from sticking together. After a long period of storage, the pump should be inspected before it is taken into operation. Pay special attention to the seals and the cable gland. Follow the instructions of „Operation“.
Picture 1: dimensions Picture 2: wiring diagram
Do not put the plug into water! Irruption of water may cause malfunctions. Because of the built-in thermostat an additional
motor protection is not necessary. Inadmissible high temperatures and operation times will release the thermostat. If so, pull out the plug before repairs to prevent automatically pump restarts.
Operating Instructions
page 5
Please pay attention to the following regulations at installing the pump(s) or ask your qualified electrician / distributor.
- regulations for electrical installations (in Germany: VDE 0100, VDE 0165)
- regulations for prevention of accidents in sewage technical installations (in Germany: GUV 7.4, GUV 17.6)
- guidelines for explosion protection (in Germany: GUV 19.8)
- electrical installations in explosion hazardous areas (in Germany: Elex V)
Safety precautions In order to minimize the risk of accidents in connection with the service and installation work, the following rules should be followed: - Never work alone. Use a lifting harness, safety line
and a respirator as required. Do not ignore the risk of drowning.
- Make sure there are no poisonous gases within the work area.
- Check the explosion risk before welding or using electric hand tools.
- Do not ignore health hazards. Observe strict cleanliness.
- Bear in mind the risk of electrical accidents. - Make sure that the lifting equipment is in good
condition. - Provide a suitable barrier around the work area,
e.g. guard rail - Make sure you have a clear path of retreat. - Use safety helmet, safety goggles and protective
shoes. - All personnel who work with sewage systems must
be vaccinated against diseases to which they may be exposed.
- A first-aid kit must be close at hand. - Note that special rules apply to installation in
explosive atmosphere. Follow all other health and safety rules and local codes and ordinances Electrical connection
- Following works should only be done by qualified and authorized electricians.
- Jung Pumpen disclaims all responsibility for work done by untrained or/and unauthorized personnel.
- Heed operating voltage ! (see name plate and additional labels)
- Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains supply from the control unit before repairs or any other works and make sure it cannot be energized again.
- If the pump is equipped with automatic level control, there is a risk of sudden restart.
- Before starting check the efficiency of the protective arrangements of the pump and the monitoring equipment. Failure to heed this warning may cause a lethal accident.
- Do not put the lead ends into water! Irruption of water may cause malfunctions.
- If persons are likely to come into physical contact with pump or pumped media, the earthed (grounded) socket must have an additional connection to an earth- (ground) fault protection device (GFI).
- When pumping near a lake, a jetty, a pond etc. a safety distance of at least 20 m between the person and the pump is applicable. Do not place the pump directly in a pool. Observe the special safety regulations if used in connection with swimming pools.
- Use the pump only in accordance to the data stated on the pump´s plate resp. in the technical data on page 4.
Special rules apply to installation in explosive atmosphere. Intrinsically safe circuits (Exi) are normally required for the automatic level control system by level regulators.
- A Jung Pumpen control unit gives you the certainty of design under safety regulations and an acceptance of work without any problems.
- Level sensors must be used at low voltage. For further details please see data sheet / o.m. Local rules may specify otherwise.
- To prevent the pump from blocking after long rest periods an additional daily trial run unit can be installed.
- Connection only to a mains supply installed in accordance to the local regulations. For fusing of d.o.l. starting pumps use only 10 A slow fuses or automatic circuit-breaker with C or D characteristic. (former G and K) Because the motor´s nominal voltage is measured at the terminal board of the pump, please consider the voltage drop of long supply cables.
- The motors of the three-phase a.c. pumps must be protected by a suitable overcurrent release. Adjustment as following: direct start: + 10% of the nominal current star-delta start: (nominal current x 0,58) + 10 % If the protective arrangement has trigged, eliminate the trouble
- Replace the cable if the cable jacket is damaged. Do not pinch the cable or pull it around sharp bends.
- Always install the control unit in a dry and well ventilated room above the backpressure level. Never install the control unit in the sump !
Earthing For safety reasons, the earth conductor should be appr. 50 mm (2 inch) longer than the phase conductors. If the motor cable is jerked loose by mistake, the earth conductor should be at last conductor to come loose from its terminal. This applies to both ends of cable. Ensure the correct earthing of the pump and the control unit.
Operating Instructions
page 6
Picture 3: single installation example Picture 4: stationary single installation example Picture 5: stationary duplex installation example
Installation To ensure the proper installation, consider the dimensions of the installation. The sump has to be cleaned from all sediments before any installation or repair works. The minimum height between the lifting hook and the floor shall be sufficient to lift the pump out of the sump. The lifting equipment shall be able to hoist the pump straight up and down in the sump, preferably without the need for resetting the lifting hook. Oversized lifting equipment could cause damages if the pump should stick when it is lifted. The lifting equipment has to be securely anchored.
Always use the handle to carry the pump, never lift it at the cable or the hose ! To lower the pump in a deep tank, use a rope or a chain.
Climbing pressure pipework has to be installed frost protected.
Stay clear of suspended loads. Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains supply both control unit and pump before any works and make sure it cannot be energized again. Make sure the pump cannot roll or fall over and injure people or damage property. In some installations the water and the pump can be hot. Bear in mind the risk of burn injuries. Before installation, please check: - the visible parts of the pump and the installation - sluice and reflux valves - the oil level in the oil chamber - if the impeller moves freely - direction of rotation The pump should be installed correspondingly to picture 3, 4 or 5. Under DIN EN 12056-2 the pressure tube must be taken in a loop over the local back-up level and secured with a reflux valve. Observe the min. flow speed of 0,7 m/s in the pipework. Stationary installation To remove the pump easily we recommend our guide rail system GR 32, alternatively a flexible connection (min. DN 32/1¼“) in the pressure tube near the pump is conceivable. The connection must be sealed, screwed together and fastened fingertight. To avoid bigger friction losses in long tubes, a correlative bigger pipe diameter is necessary.
Observe the measurements of the float switches as shown in picture 3,4 and 5.
The floats must not be installed below the inlet. The control unit must be installed in well ventilated room above the back pressure level. Mobile operation / deaeration If a flexible hose is connected to the pump, no reflux valve must be installed and the hose must have a gradient to ensure a completely drained off hose when the pump stops working. When the pump is submerged again, water in the hose will prevent the deaeration of the spiral housing and therewith the correct operation of the pump. For the same reason the pump may not operate properly when it is submerged in switched on condition.
Operating Instructions
page 7
Maintenance - Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains
supply of both, control unit and pump, before any works and make sure it cannot be energized again. Check the cable on mechanical or chemical damages. At using a chain to lift the pump, please pay attention to the rules for prevention of accidents. Chains have to be inspected regularly by qualified personal. Only authorised workshops or the manufacturer are permitted to carry out repairs effecting the
electrical security. In case of repairs defective parts must be replaced by genuine spare parts. Jung Pumpen disclaims all responsibility for work done by untrained, unauthorized personnel. General safety - clean the pump thoroughly - beware of the risk of infection - follow local safety regulations The pump is designed for use in liquids which can be dangerous to health. When working on the pump, prevent injuries to the eyes and skin, by: - wearing goggles and rubber gloves - cleaning the pump before any works - cleaning the parts after dismantling - hold a cloth over the drain plug to prevent splatter
when opening the oil chamber In case of contact with dangerous liquids: - eye contact: rinse your eyes immediately in running
water for 15 min. Hold your eyelids apart with your fingers. Contact an eye specialist
- skin contact: remove contaminated clothes, wash your skin with soap and water, seek medical attention, if necessary
To keep the reliability of operation servicing should be made after every 1000 working hours, but not later than once a year. If the pump delivers water with abrassive additions servicing should be carried out at adequate shorter intervals. At decreasing flow rates or ascending noises the impeller has to be checked on wear, and if necessary, it has to be changed.
In case of a damage at the pump a slight quantity of the oil chamber filling can leak into the pumping medium.
Maintenance
In case of repairs or maintenance pull main plug. Check the cable on mechanical or chemical damages.
The foot strainer prevents blockages in the pump, it has to be cleaned regularly as well as the float switch to guarantee the trouble free operation with full performance. In case of blockages take off the wear plate (see whirl system) and remove blocking parts. Other works are not necessary.
Cleaning Regularly cleaning of the impeller and the level control sensors or float switches secures the maximum pumping capacity and operational reliability. Torque ratio MA for screw material: for M 6, MA = 8 Nm (0.8 kpm) for M 8, MA = 20 Nm (2.0 kpm) for M 10, MA = 40 Nm (4.0 kpm) for M 12, MA = 70 Nm (7.0 kpm) for M 16, MA = 160 Nm (16.0 kpm) Installation of flap trap The enclosed rubber flap must be screwed into the discharge branch of the pump casing by using the grooved sheet metal screw. (see pic. 6) If the pump is used in sumps that can dry out, replace the flap trap by a separate reflux valve (e.g. Jung Pumpen swing type check valve No. 9739). The reflux valve should be mounted above the screw fitting. To ensure the correct deaeration of the spiral housing drill a Ø 6 mm hole into the enclosed quarter elbow (part. No. 16687) at the marked position. In contrast to the U 3 KS Niro with built-in level control, the switching points of the U 3 K Niro can be variated if separate float switches are used. Picture 6: deaeration hole
Operating Instructions
page 8
Low level pumping Flooded basements, roofs etc. can easily be drained down to a level of 5 mm with the U 3 K Niro. Put 2 screwdrivers into the „detach slots“ between foot strainer and pump casing and lever down the foot strainer. To ensure the suction of the pump, the hose must be emptied before each pumping sequence and the lowest water level must be 40 mm / 1,6 inch. The built-in level control of the U 3 KS Niro is not working in the low level pumping mode. Whirl system To keep the bottom of the sump in the suction area of the pump largely free of sediments a small modification is necessary. The pump performance will be reduced to 6 m3/h and 6,0 meters of head. Take off the foot strainer as described under shallow pumping. Unscrew the 6 grooved sheet metal screws (part No. 08552) out of the wear plate and take it of. Drill 3 holes with Ø 5 mm into the wear plate as shown on picture 5, remove the burr from the holes and assemble the pump again. The new holes must not be covered from a web of the foot strainer. Picture 7: whirl system Checking of pump unit
Worn out impellers can have sharp edges !
Inspect and adjust the impeller depending on the frequency of operation and the medium being pumped, but not later than half-yearly. At reduced pump performances or increased operational noises the impeller and the pump casing must be checked and replaced if necessary by qualified experts.
Malfunctions Pump does not run cause: missing mains supply remedy: check supply voltage cause: faulty fuse (maybe too low) remedy: check fuse and change if necessary cause: damaged supply cable remedy: changing of the cable gland only by qualified personnel Pump runs, but doesn´t deliver water cause: trapped air in the spiral housing remedy: drain off the pressure tube or hose, to ensure the opening of the reflux valve to deaerate the spiral housing and ensure the correct operation of the pump Blockage of impeller cause: solid- or fibrous admixtures blocking the
impeller remedy: check impeller, as explained under „adjustment of impeller“ or „cleaning“ Reduced performance curve cause: clogged impeller remedy: clean impeller and spiral housing cause: worn-out impeller and / or wear plate remedy: change impeller and / or spiral housing
At replacing the impeller, prevent the bearings against being pushed out of their position, by supporting the upper edge of the motor shaft when pressing on the impeller.
Jung Pumpen GmbH & Co Industriestraße 4-6 - 33803 Steinhagen
XX1
EN 12050-2
Abwasserhebeanlage für fäkalienfreies Abwasser DN 32
Hebewirkung – siehe technische Daten
Geräuschemissionswert < 70dB (A)
1 Die beiden ersten Ziffern der Pumpen-Nr. bezeichnen das Produktionsjahr.
Operating Instructions
page 9
Picture 8: sectional drawing
Operating Instructions
page 10
Qty.
Pos. Code-No. Description U 3 K U 3 KS 1 08219 micro switch with leads - 1 2 16318 capacitor 6µF / 400 V DB 1 1 3 20538 screw „Amtec“ 5,0 x 20 4 4 4 16325 O-ring 86 x 6 1 1 5 16687 quarter elbow 1¼“ 1 1 6 27183 spiral housing 1 1 7 27186 strainer base 1 1 8 07162 float - 1 9 26211 impeller 1 1 10 27187 camshaft - 1 11 16327 sheet metal screw 4,8 x 32 - 1 12 03990 rotary shaft seal 12 x 24 x 4,5 - 1 13 27226 operating cam - 1
Replacement kits 16936 reflux valve 27227 spiral housing completely,including 27186 27228 terminal completely (U 3 K), including 16318 27229 terminal cover completely (U 3 KS with 3,0 m cable), including 03990, 08219, 16318, 27187, 27226 27232 terminal cover completely (U 3 KS with 10,0 m cable), including 03990, 08219, 16318, 27187, 27226 27398 motor unit completely, including 26211 By ordering spare parts indicate type of the pump and the part number.
Operating Instructions
page 11
Operating Instructions
26155 – 1.4 0307 page 1
General Safety Instructions Application Electrical Connection Installation Maintenance You have bought a Jung Pumpen product and therefore purchased quality and performance. Guarantee this achievement by an installation according to the operating instructions so that our product can meet your demands to your full satisfaction. Please note that damages as a result of poor installation will affect the guarantee. For this reason please follow the advice of the operating instructions. Like any other electrical appliance the operation of this product can fail by electrical failure or technical faults. It is wise to always consider standby pumps, emergency generator and a control unit fitted with mains independent alarm. Hebefix ID-No. 01063 / 03
Floor mounted tank
Operating Instructions
page 2
General Safety Instruction This operation manual gives basic instructions that should be followed carefully during installation, operation and maintenance. It is essential that this manual is carefully read by the responsible personnel/operator before assembly and commissioning. It is always to be kept available at the installation site. Identification of safety instructions in the operating manual Safety instructions given in this manual non-available with which would affect safety are identified by the following symbol:
General danger for personnel Dangerous voltage Danger for machine and function
It is imperative that signs affixed to the machine, e.g. - rotation arrow - fluid connection symbols - data / approval plate be observed and kept legible. Qualification of personnel An authorized (certified) electrician and mechanic shall carry out all work. Scope of responsibility and supervision of the personnel must be exactly defined by the plant operator. If the staff does not have the necessary knowledge, they must be trained and instructed, which may be performed by the machine manufacturer or supplier on behalf of the plant operator, moreover, the plant operator is to make sure that the contents of the operating manual are fully understood by the personnel. Hazards in the event of non-compliance with the safety instructions Non-compliance with the safety instructions may produce a risk to the personnel as well as to the environment and the machine and results in a loss of any right to claim damages or compensation. For example, non-compliance may involve the following hazards: - Failure of important functions of the machine/plant - Failure of specified procedures of maintenance and repair - Exposure of people to electrical, mechanical and chemical hazards - Endangering the environment owing to hazardous substances being released. Safety regulations for owner / operator All safety instructions contained in this manual, all relevant national and local health and safety codes and any other service and safety instructions issued by the plant operator shall be complied with.
Safety instructions relevant for operation If hot or cold machine components involve hazards, they must be guarded against accidental contact. Guards for moving parts (e.g. coupling) must not be removed form the machine while in operation. Any leakage of hazardous (e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) fluids (e.g. from the shaft seal) must be drained away so as to prevent any risk to persons or the environment. Statutory regulations are to be complied with. The pumping station must be kept tidy and in good condition. Hazards resulting from electricity are to be prevented (see for example, the national-specifications or the regulations of your local electricity supply company.) Safety instructions relevant for maintenance, inspections and assembly work It shall be the plant operator’s responsibility to ensure that all maintenance, inspection and assembly work is performed by authorized and qualified personnel who have adequately familiarized themselves with the subject matter by studying this manual in detail. Any work on the machine shall only be performed when it is at a standstill, it being imperative that the procedure for shutting down the machine described in this manual be followed. Pumps and pump units, which convey hazardous media, must be decontaminated. All waste emissions such as used oil must be appropriately disposed of, oil spills must be cleaned up and emissions to the environment must be reported. On completion of work all safety and protective facilities must be reinstalled and made operative again. Prior to restarting the machine, the instructions listed under "Electrical Connection" and "Installation" are to be observed. Unauthorized alterations and production of spare parts Any modification may be made to the machine only after consultation with the manufacturer. Using spare parts and accessories authorized by the manufacturer is in the interest of safety. Use of other parts may exempt the manufacturer from any warranty or compensation claims. Unauthorized modes of operation The reliability of the machine delivered will be only guaranteed if it is used in the manner intended, in accordance with clause 1; of this manual: The limit values specified in the data sheet must under no circumstances be exceeded. Warranty claim Jung Pumpen pumps are long living, high quality products with expected reliable operation. However, should the need arise for a warranty claim, please contact your Jung Pumpen distributor.
Operating Instructions
page 3
List of contents • General safety instructions............................................................................ page 2 • List of contents.............................................................................................. page 3 • Description ………......................................................................................... page 4 - Technical data - Transportation and storage • Safety precautions ........................................................................................ page 5 • Installation..................................................................................................... page 6 - 8 - Mounting - Installation - Maintenance • Drawing / Spare parts list ............................................................................. page 9
Operating Instructions
page 4
Technical Data
Hebefix Hebefix 100 Material ABS PE-HD Vertical reflux valve - 1 ½ DN 40 Pressure pipe supply socket Ø 40 mm 1 ½“ male thread Inlet with lip seals 1 x Ø 40 mm / 3 x Ø 50 mm 4 x Ø 50 mm / Ø 110 mm Pipe socket (vent / cable) Ø 40 mm Ø 50 mm Sump volume 25 l 75 l operating temperature 1 - 35°C (60° C short time) 1 - 35°C (60° C short time) Weight 3,0 kg 6,0 kg
Description This manual applies to a Jung Pumpen pre-fabricated Hebefix pump chamber, which can be equipped with a U 3 KS or U 3 KS special. Picture 1: dimensions
The Hebefix is designed for usual domestic drainage water, according to DIN 1986, part 3. In some countries it must not be used for pumping sewage water from lavatories, for further informations ask your distributor. The allowed temperature of the pumped medium is 35 °C, short time period 60°C.
Transportation and storage The tank can be transported and stored in vertical or horizontal position.
Always use the handle to carry the pump, never lift it at the cable. Make sure the pump cannot roll or fall over and injure people or damage property.
If kept dry the pump can be stored down to a minimum temperature of -20°C. The flooded pump must not freeze. For longer periods of storage, the pump must be protected against moisture and heat. The impeller should be rotated occasionally to prevent the seals from sticking together. After a long period of storage, the pump should be inspected before it is taken into operation. Pay special attention to the seals and the cable gland. Follow the instructions of „Operation“. Application - The Hebefix has 4 marked connection branches for
tubes with Ø 40 mm / Ø 50 mm. - In connection with a special float a shower can be
connected as well. - The pressure tube can be installed right or left
handed through the upper connection pieces of the tank casing.
- If the marked connection in the tank will be opened, the vent pipe to the roof can be connected from the top.
- The tank has 2 suspension eyes, to mount it on the wall if necessary, to make floor cleaning easier.
- The pump must always be reachable for service or maintenance.
Ventilation - Sumps and tanks for the drainage of a cellar
should be covered and, if necessary, specially ventilated.
- Ventilations with additional activated carbon filters decrease annoyance caused by bad smell.
Extend of delivery Please check the extent of delivery in comparison with the spare parts list before installation.
Operating Instructions
page 5
Please pay attention to the following regulations at installing the pump(s) or ask your qualified electrican / distributor.
- regulations for electrical installations EN 60079-14, EN 60079-17, EN 1127-1, GUV-VA2
- regulations for prevention of accidents in sewage technical installations (in Germany: GUV-V C5, GUV-R 126)
- guidelines for explosion protection (in Germany: GUV 19.8, BGR 104, Ex-RL)
- electrical installations in explosion hazardous areas (in Germany: BetrSichV)
Safety precautions In order to minimize the risk of accidents in connection with the service and installation work, the following rules should be followed: - Never work alone. Use a lifting harness, safety line
and a respirator as required. Do not ignore the risk of drowning.
- Make sure there are no poisonous gases within the work area.
- Check the explosion risk before welding or using electric hand tools.
- Do not ignore health hazards. Observe strict cleanliness.
- Bear in mind the risk of electrical accidents. - Make sure that the lifting equipment is in good
condition. - Provide a suitable barrier around the work area,
e.g. guard rail - Make sure you have a clear path of retreat. - Use safety helmet, safety goggles and protective
shoes. - All personnel who work with sewage systems must
be vaccinated against diseases to wich they may be exposed.
- A first-aid kit must be close at hand. - Note that special rules apply to installation in
explosive athmosphere. Follow all other health and safety rules and local codes and ordinances Electrical connection
- The electrical connection should only be done by qualified and authorized electricians.
- Jung Pumpen disclaims all responsibility for work done by untrained or/and unauthorized personnel.
- Heed operating voltage ! (see name plate and additional labels)
- Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains supply from the control unit before repairs or any other works and make sure it cannot be energized again.
- If the pump is equipped with automatic level control, there is a risk of sudden restart.
- Before starting check the efficiency of the protective arrangements of the pump and the monitoring equipment. Failure to heed this warning may cause a lethal accident.
- Do not put the lead ends into water! Irruption of water may cause malfunctions.
- If persons are likely to come into physical contact with pump or pumped media, the earthed (grounded) socket must have an additional connection to a earth- (ground) fault protection device (GFI).
- When pumping near a lake, a jetty, a pond etc. a safety distance of at least 20 m between the person and the pump is applicable. Do not place the pump directly in a pool. Observe the special safety regulations if used in connection with swimming pools.
- Use the pump only in accordance to the data stated on the pump´s plate resp. in the technical data on page 4.
Special rules apply to installation in explosive atmosphere. Intrinsically safe circuits (Exi) are normally required for the automatic level control system by level regulators.
- A Jung Pumpen control unit gives you the certainty of design under safety regulations and an acceptance of work without any problems.
- Level sensors must be used at low voltage. For further details please see data sheet / o.m. Local rules may specify otherwise.
- To prevent the pump from blocking after long rest periods an additional daily trial run unit can be installed.
- Connection only to a mains supply installed in accordance to the local regulations. For fusing of d.o.l. starting pumps use only 10 A slow fuses or automatic circuit-breaker with C or D characteristic. (former G and K) Because the motor´s nominal voltage is measured at the terminal board of the pump, please consider the voltage drop of long supply cables.
- The motors of the three-phase a.c. pumps must be protected by a suitable overcurrent release. Adjustment as following: direct start: of the nominal current star-delta start: nominal current x 0,58 If the protective arrangement has trigged, eliminate the trouble
- Replace the cable if the cable jacket is damaged. Do not pinch the cable or pull it around sharp bends.
- Always install the control unit in a dry and well ventilated room above the backpressure level. Never install the control unit in the sump !
Earthing For safety reasons, the earth conductor should be appr. 50 mm (2 inch) longer than the phase conductors. If the motor cable is jerked loose by mistake, the earth conductor should be at last conductor to come loose from ist terminal. This applies to both ends of cable. Ensure the correct earthing of the pump and the control unit.
Operating Instructions
page 6
Electrical connection Please pay attention to the operating instructions of the installed pump. Picture 2: Example for installation Hebefix with special float Picture 3: Example for installation Hebefix with wall fastening Picture 4: connection of a washing machine
Picture 5: Special float Picture 6: Mounting of the activated carbon filter
Operating Instructions
page 7
Mounting The pressure tube must be taken in a loop over the local backpressure level and secured with a reflux valve. (DIN EN 12056) The reflux valve is in the extent of delivery. Each drain connection (e.g. washing machine, dish washer ...) must have a siphon trap. Installation 1. Remove the tank cover (Pos. No. 2)
(loosen the snap connections on the narrow sides, but do not overstretch). Withdraw the accessories. Screw the pump elbow with sealing tape or a hemp packing on the pump discharge. Do not install the internal pump reflux valve.
2. Push the elastic outlet elbow on the connection branch of the pump, adjust it and tighten it with the hose clamp (Pos.No. 5).
3. Open required connection piece for pressure, inlet (and ventilation) at the marked position, by cutting or drilling. Attention: Do not damage the faying surface ! Push the plug-in seals (Pos.No. 7) into the opened connection branches. If necessary, push the hose connection ∅ 25 with an o-ring seal 40x30 into a lateral connection piece (pic. 4)
4. Put the pump with the outlet elbow into the floor lock of the tank. Push the pressure tube from outside through to the plug-in seal into the elastic outlet elbow (Pos.No. 4) and fix it with a hose clamp (Pos.No. 5). Push the inlet and ventilation pipe about 35 mm into the plug-in seal.
5. Moisten the circular seal (Pos.No. 10) steadily with a slip additive and mount it on the upper edge of the tank. Loosen the screws (Pos.No. 12) of the cover (Pos.No. 3) in the lid. Pull the pump cable with the plug through the hole. After that, push the slotted plug (Pos.No. 11) over the cable and put it back into the hole.
The connection of a shower requires the installation of the special float (code-No. 17424) (pic.5)
Switch heights ON A = 105mm, OFF B = 45mm The cable in the tank must not obstruct the float. Enough cable has to be in the tank to allow the pump to be pulled out of the tank for servicing. 6. Remove and unwrap the activated carbon filter
(Pos.No. 17) and put it over the ventilation hole between the terminal plates (pic. 6). In case of ventilation to the roof press the enclosed plug (Pos.No. 18) into the ventilation hole of the lid (pic. 9).
7. Press the cover (Pos.No. 2) over the tank edge until the snap connections click into place. The O-ring (Pos.No. 10) must lie steadily on the tank edge. The pump cable must be pulled outside and the cover (Pos.No. 3) must be fixed with two screws. Push the two enclosed white caps (Pos.No. 13) on the screws.
Picture 7: Fastening on the wall Picture 8: Change of the activated carbon filter Wall installation If the Hebefix should be mounted on a wall the holes for the suspension can be drilled by using the template printed on the cardboard box. Screw the hook screws (Pos. 14) into the upper holes and fix two rubber bases (Pos. 6) in the lower holes as elastic distance pieces. The distance between bottom and floor should be approx. 80 to 100 mm. (pic. 3 and 7)
Operating Instructions
page 8
Mounting accessories At connecting a shower basin, the pump can only be operated with the special float (code.No. 17424) (pic. 5).
If the inlet in the cover is also used, an elbow must be fixed on the inlet pipe to
prevent the access of air in the spiral housing of the pump. Alarm unit The automatic alarm (code-No. 20198) signalizes an unacceptably high water level. Open the marked position in the cover Ø 13 mm and mount the alarm switch corresponding to the operation instructions. The installation of a U 3 KS or U 6 KS with a low level switch „Duschfix“ requires, the fastener (code-No. 28191) for the alarm unit. Maintenance - Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains
supply of both, control unit and pump, before any works and make sure it cannot be energized again. Check the cable on mechanical or chemical damages. At using a chain to lift the pump, please pay attention to the rules for prevention of accidents. Chains have to be inspected regularly by qualified personal. Only authorized workshops or the manufacturer are permitted to carry out repairs effecting the water tightness.
In case of repairs the gap peripheries have to be inspected for damages, defective parts must be replaced by genuine spare parts. Jung Pumpen disclaims all responsibility for work done by untrained, unauthorized personnel.
General safety - clean the pump thoroughly - beware of the risk of infection - follow local safety regulations The pump is designed for use in liquids which can be dangerous to health. When working on the pump, prevent injuries to the eyes and skin, by: - wearing goggles and rubber gloves - cleaning the pump before any works - cleaning the parts after dismantling - hold a cloth over the drain plug to prevent splatter
when opening the oil chamber In case of contact with dangerous liquids: - eye contact: rinse your eyes immediately in running
water for 15 min. Hold your eyelids apart with your fingers. Contact an eye specialist
- skin contact: remove contaminated clothes, wash your skin with soap and water, seek medical attention, if necessary
To keep the reliability of operation the system should not be inspected later than once a year. If the pump delivers water with abrasive additions servicing should be carried out at adequate shorter intervals. At decreasing flow rates or ascending noises the impeller has to be checked on wear, and if necessary, it has to be changed. Cleaning/ Maintenance Take out the main fuses to isolate the mains supply from the control unit before repairs or any other works and make sure it cannot be energized again. If the pump is equipped with automatic level control, there is a risk of sudden restart. The unit is free of maintenance. In case of a deteriorate pump performance, remove all sediments from the tank. Change of the activated carbon filter - 1x year at least - in case of annoyance caused by bad smell - in case of water penetration through the filter.
Operating Instructions
page 9
Picture 9: Spare parts Hebefix
Spare parts list Pos. Code-No. Qty. Description Pos. Code-No. Qty. Description 1 20408 1 tank 14 20465 2 hook screw 4,5 x 40 2 20409 1 top cover 15 12599 4 dowel S6 3 20410 1 cover 16 12598 2 wood screw 4 x 40 4 20442 1 discharge elbow ø 40 17 20140 1 activated carbon filter 5 03571 2 hose strap 40-60 18 01676 1 plug 12,3 6 20466 4 rubber base ø 20 x 10 19 00072 1 wire strap 7 08318 4 plug-in seal 40/47 20 03991 2 sheet metal screw 3,5 x 6 8 17308 1 ball ø 14 21 09739 1 reflux valve 1 ¼ inch 9 20495 1 washer ø 13 22 20198 1 alarm device 10 23124 1 profile packing - 20867 1 hose connection Ø 25 11 17099 1 slit drain plug 46/6,7 - 21112 1 O-ring 40 x 3 12 20463 2 cap screw 3,9 x 25 - 10907 2 plug-in seal 50 x 59 13 17406 2 cap Nr. 7 By ordering spare parts indicate type of tank and part number of the unit.
extent of delivery of U 3 KS Niro U 3 KS special
tube ø 40 mm and reducing pipe nipple ø 40 mm / 1 ¼ inch by customer
The
FRAV
ID G
DW
-2N
pum
p sy
stem
can
be
used
for
con
duct
ing
and
non-
cond
uctin
g flu
ids
(e.g
. co
nden
sate
). O
win
g to
is
com
pact
des
ign,
the
sys
tem
can
be
inte
grat
ed i
n or
con
nect
ed t
o an
y st
anda
rd c
omm
erci
al u
nit.
Than
ks to
the
pate
nted
sel
f-sea
ling
syst
em, n
o ch
eck
valv
es a
re n
eede
d!
The
syst
em f
eatu
res
3-st
ep f
loat
-type
con
trol.
Switc
h-on
, sw
itch-
off
and
the
alar
m f
unct
ion
are
actu
ated
via
the
reed
con
tact
ele
men
ts. I
n th
e ev
ent o
f mal
func
tion,
the
alar
m c
onta
ct e
ither
sw
itche
s of
f the
air
cond
ition
er u
nit v
ia a
rel
ay (
not i
nclu
ded)
or
soun
ds a
n al
arm
. The
rel
iabi
lity
of th
e liq
uid-
leve
l con
trolle
r is
inde
pend
ent o
f the
wat
er h
ardn
ess.
The
floa
t act
uate
s th
e re
ed c
onta
cts
whe
n an
ce
rtain
wat
er le
vel I
rea
ched
. Sw
itch-
on, s
witc
h-of
f and
the
alar
m fu
nctio
n ac
cord
ing
to th
is p
rinci
ple.
Th
at i
s th
e se
cret
beh
ind
the
FRAV
ID G
DW
-2N
´s o
utst
andi
ng o
pera
tiona
l rel
iabi
lity.
The
FR
AVID
G
DW-2
N c
onde
nsat
e dr
ain
pum
p fe
atur
es a
pot
entio
met
er p
rovi
ding
for
ste
eple
s re
gula
tion
of th
e pu
mp
and
thus
ena
blin
g th
e no
ise
leve
l and
flow
rate
to b
e ad
just
ed a
s ne
eded
. In
stal
latio
n an
d O
pera
ting
Inst
ruct
ion
The
FRAV
ID G
DW
-2N
con
dens
ate
drai
n pu
mp
is c
ompr
ised
of a
com
pact
cas
ing
in w
hich
the
pum
p,
reed
con
tact
s an
d ca
paci
ty re
gula
tor a
re in
tegr
ated
. Th
e FR
AVID
GD
W-2
N c
onde
nsat
e dr
ain
pum
p is
des
igne
d fo
r in
stal
latio
n in
side
the
unit,
for
stan
d-al
one
inst
alla
tion
or m
ount
ing
to th
e w
all.
The
FRAV
ID G
DW
-2N
con
dens
ate
drai
n pu
mp
is s
elf-p
rimin
g. A
sta
inle
ss s
teel
filte
r is
inst
alle
d in
-line
in
the
suc
tion
line.
The
pre
ssur
e lin
e le
adin
g fro
m t
he p
ump
(pre
ssur
e lin
e to
be
furn
ishe
d by
the
H
VAC
con
tract
or a
nd h
ave
an in
tern
al d
iam
eter
of ?
6m
m) i
s to
be
laid
stra
ight
(no
buck
ling;
bra
ided
-ty
pe tu
bing
to b
e us
ed).
Mak
e su
re th
at th
e co
nnec
tion
is s
eale
d (i.
e. d
oes
not l
eak)
. U
pon
conn
ectin
g al
l of t
he c
onde
nsat
e lin
es, t
he p
ump
is to
be
conn
ecte
d to
the
pow
er s
uppl
y. T
he
brow
n w
ire is
to b
e co
nnec
ted
to th
e L
term
inal
, the
blu
e w
ire to
the
N te
rmin
al a
nd th
e ye
llow
-gre
en
wire
to th
e PE
term
inal
. The
pum
p an
d th
e al
arm
are
sec
ured
with
500
mA
dela
yed.
ATT
ENTI
ON
:C
olor
cha
nge
!! C
onne
ct th
e bl
ack
and
the
grey
wire
for t
he a
larm
. W
ARNI
NG:
Do
not c
onne
ct th
e fu
se li
ne u
ntil
inst
alla
tion
is c
ompl
ete
and
alar
m is
sec
ured
!!!
Now
test
the
com
pone
nts
to s
ee w
heth
er th
ey fu
nctio
n pr
oper
ly.
Pour
wat
er in
to th
e dr
ain
pan
and
mak
e su
re th
at th
e pu
mp
prop
erly
sw
itche
s on
and
off.
The
n re
fill
with
wat
er a
nd c
heck
to s
ee th
at th
e al
arm
func
tions
pro
perly
. Th
e FR
AVID
GD
W-2
N p
ump
syst
em fe
atur
es a
pot
entio
met
er p
rovi
ding
for
stee
ples
reg
ulat
ion,
thus
en
ablin
g th
e pu
mp
to b
e se
t to
oper
ate
mor
e si
lent
ly. T
he p
ump
feat
ures
ove
rvol
tage
pro
tect
ion.
- 1 -
A D
ivis
ion
of F
riess
Gm
bH
Dev
elop
men
t – M
anuf
actu
ring
– D
istri
butio
n of
Com
pone
nts
G
DW
2N
A
rt.N
o.: 1
1041
151
D
ESC
RIP
TIO
N
A D
ivis
ion
of F
riess
Gm
bH
Dev
elop
men
t – M
anuf
actu
ring
– D
istri
butio
n of
Com
pone
nts
R
apps
tr. 1
8 D-
8068
7 M
ünch
en
Ph
one:
**49
(89)
5467
62-0
Fa
x: **
49(8
9)56
9787
E-
mai
l: pr
oduc
ts@
fravi
d.de
ht
tp: /
/ww
w.fr
avid
.de
-S
ubje
ct to
alte
ratio
n
- 4 -
07/0
5
Perfo
rman
ce D
iagr
amm
War
rant
y Tw
o ye
ars
from
the
deliv
ery
date
. The
war
rant
y ex
tend
s to
com
pone
nts
exhi
bitin
g m
ater
ial o
r m
anuf
actu
-rin
g de
fect
s an
d is
lim
ited
to r
epla
cing
or
repa
iring
the
se c
ompo
nent
s. N
oco
mpe
nsat
ion
may
be
clai
med
for
labo
ur o
r sh
ippi
ng c
harg
es o
r in
dire
ct d
amag
e in
tra
nsit.
Th
is i
s be
val
id f
or c
onse
quen
tial
dam
age,
too
. To
cla
im t
he 2
-yea
rs w
arra
nty,
it
is
nece
ssar
y, th
at th
e FR
AVID
-War
rant
y-Ap
plic
atio
n is
fille
d in
com
plet
e. T
o cl
aim
the
war
rant
y is
on
ly p
ossi
ble,
in c
ombi
natio
n w
ith t
he W
arra
nty-
Appl
icat
ion
and
a co
py o
f the
dea
l inv
oice
(in
clud
ing
the
seria
l nu
mbe
r).
No
liabi
lity
shal
l be
ass
umed
in
the
even
t of
im
prop
er
inst
alla
tion,
non
-adh
eren
ce to
inst
alla
tion
an o
pera
ting
inst
ruct
ions
and
spe
cific
atio
ns,
lack
of
prop
er s
ervi
cing
and
mai
nten
ance
(e.
g. f
ilter
s cl
ogge
d or
tot
ally
lack
ing)
, or
failu
re to
con
nect
the
alar
m.
The
achi
evem
ent d
ata
(col
d co
il ac
hiev
emen
t) ar
e ba
sed
on
a w
ater
te
mpe
ratu
re
of
20°C
an
d an
am
bien
t te
mpe
ratu
re o
f 25
°C.
Dur
ing
rise
in t
empe
ratu
re t
he
achi
evem
ent o
f the
pum
p si
nks.
94m
m
+/- 2
mm
FRAV
ID G
DW-2
N
Ope
ratin
g In
stru
ctio
n Sp
ecifi
catio
ns G
DW
-2N
*m
ax. f
low
rate
40
l/h
*m
ax. d
eliv
ery
head
15
m
*max
. per
mis
sibl
e flu
id te
mpe
ratu
re
40
°C
*max
. ree
d co
ntac
t rat
ing
(pum
p)
50
VA
*max
. ree
d co
ntac
t rat
ing
(ala
rm)
50
VA
*Pow
er s
uppl
y
230/
50
VAC
/Hz
*F
use
pum
p
50
0 m
A de
laye
d
*Fus
e al
arm
5
00
mA
dela
yed
*P
ower
inpu
t
25
VA
*D
imen
sion
s (L
x W
x H
) 13
0 x
80 x
115
m
m
Noi
se L
evel
Th
e FR
AV
ID G
DW
-2N
con
dens
ate
drai
n pu
mp
syst
em fe
atur
es a
pot
entio
met
er p
rovi
ding
for
stee
ples
reg
ulat
ion
of
the
pum
p an
d th
us e
nabl
ing
the
nois
e le
vel a
nd fl
ow r
ate
to b
e ad
just
ed a
s ne
eded
. U
se
Air
cond
ition
ing
units
, R
efrig
erat
or a
nd f
reez
er u
nits
, D
ehum
idifie
rs,
Con
figur
e pu
mp
capa
city
in
acco
rdan
ce w
ith th
e pe
rform
ance
dia
gram
. Vi
ew o
f the
Sw
itchi
ng P
oint
s of
the
Floa
t Sw
itch
for t
he G
DW
-2N
pum
p w
ater
con
nect
ion
incl
uded
Th
e co
nden
sate
run
s fre
ely
from
the
dra
in p
an in
side
the
air
cond
ition
ing
unit
via
tubi
ng (
max
. ?
19m
m)
into
the
drai
n pa
n of
the
GD
W-2
N p
ump.
Fro
m th
ere
the
pum
p su
cks
the
cond
ensa
te a
nd p
ress
es it
thro
ugh
?6m
m (
inte
rnal
di
amet
er)
brai
ded-
type
tubi
ng (t
o be
furn
ishe
d by
the
HV
AC
con
tract
or).
23+/
-2m
m
28+/
-2m
m
alar
m c
onta
ct o
pen
pum
p "O
N"
pum
p "O
FF"
39+/
-2m
m
Con
dens
e w
ater
from
th
e ai
r con
ditio
ning
un
it D
N 1
6mm
Stai
nles
s st
eel f
ilter
Pre
ssur
e po
rt D
N6m
m
Del
iver
y he
ad m
ax. 1
5m
- 2 -
Elec
tric
al In
stal
latio
n of
the
GD
W-2
N Th
e G
DW-2
N c
onde
nsat
e dr
ain
pum
p ha
s a
lead
with
5 w
ires
(wire
cro
ss-s
ectio
n 0,
75m
m²).
The
br
own
wire
is to
be
conn
ecte
d to
the
L te
rmin
al, t
he b
lue
wire
to th
e N
term
inal
, and
the
yello
w-g
reen
w
ire to
the
PE te
rmin
al. F
or w
ire e
ndin
gs u
se e
nd-tu
bes.
The
pum
p an
d th
e al
arm
are
sec
ured
with
50
0 m
A de
laye
d. T
he b
lack
and
the
grey
wire
are
to b
e co
nnec
ted
for t
he a
larm
.
Safe
ty C
onta
ct A
larm
Th
e FR
AVID
GD
W-
2N p
ump
syst
em c
omes
with
a fl
oatin
g co
ntac
t. W
hen
the
wat
er le
vel r
ises
abo
ve a
ce
rtain
poi
nt,
the
cont
act
is a
ctua
ted
caus
ing
the
unit
to s
witc
h of
f vi
a a
rela
y (a
lread
y pr
esen
t at
the
in
stal
latio
n si
te) o
r sou
nd a
n al
arm
. A s
afet
y de
vice
of 5
00 m
A d
elay
ed is
inse
rted
.
- 3 -
94m
m
+/- 2
mm
60m
m
+/- 2
mm
Lege
nd:
P1
pum
p S3
liq
uid-
leve
l con
trolle
r ON
/OFF
F1
fu
se 5
00 m
A de
laye
d/pu
mp
F2
liqui
d-le
vel c
ontro
ller
EMER
GEN
CY
OFF
(ala
rm)
bn
brow
n sw
bl
ack
gr
grey
bl
bl
ue
ge/g
n ye
llow
/gre
en
L po
wer
sup
ply
L co
nduc
tor
N
N te
rmin
al
PE
PE c
ondu
ctor
F3
ov
ervo
ltage
pro
tect
ion
(var
isto
r)
R2
pow
er re
gula
tor
F2
fuse
500
mA
dela
yed/
alar
m F5
fu
se 0
,5 A
ser
vice
on
the
part
of
the
build
er
Lege
nd/P
late
: L
pow
er s
uppl
y in
put (
brow
n)
N
pow
er s
uppl
y in
put (
blue
) P
prot
ectiv
e gr
ound
ing
N
et/P
ump
(yel
low
/gre
en)
A1
alar
m c
onta
ct in
put (
blac
k)
A2
alar
m c
onta
ct o
utpu
t (gr
ey)
P1
Net
pha
se to
pum
pe (b
lack
) P2
N-
cond
ucto
r pum
p (b
lack
) S
W1/
SW
2 m
ake
cont
act t
o flo
at s
witc
h (w
hite
) V
1/V
2 al
arm
con
tact
to fl
oat s
witc
h (b
row
n))
F1
fuse
500
mA
dela
yed
alar
m F2
fu
se 5
00 m
A de
laye
d pu
mp
R2
pow
er re
gula
tor
Dimensions in mm
Operating instructions Actuator Type BN-20C1E – S093 On-Off/Floating, 20 Nm
Power consumption Torque in Nm Supply voltage Product
Operating Stop
20 24V AC/DC BN-20C1E 7,0VA / 4,0W 1,0W
Technical data
Nominal voltage AC 24V +/- 20% 50/60Hz, DC 24-36V +/- 10%
Protection class III (Safety low voltage)
Protection degree IP55
Actuator features
Synchronization +/- 5%
Rotation direction Selectable via switch L/R
Angle of rotation Maximum 95°
Manual adjustment One-handed positioning, without disengaging of gears
Running time 90 sec. (+/- 5%), independent of load
Noise emission level < 35 dB(A)
Position indicator Mechanical
Ambient temperature -30… +50°C
Storage temperature -40 …+80°C
Ambient humidity 5… 95% rH
Weight 850g
Maintenance Maintenance free
Connection cable 3 x 0,75mm²
Wiring diagram
Manual setting Press the red button when the actuator is connected to the power supply Turn the actuator slowly into the desired position Always wait for a stillstand before performing manual adjustments or changing the sense of rotation Turn against limit stops slowly
Selector switch for control signal and sense of rotation
Safety instructions Establish the electrical connection of the unit according to the currently valid standards and directives as well as legal regulations. Only the manufacturer is allowed to open the housing. The unit connection cable can not be replaced. We recommend replacing the actuator, if the cable is damaged. BA_BN-20C1E-S093_gb / 8.2007
Button to disconnect power supply
Dimensions in mm
Operating instructions Actuator Type BE-20P1E – S191 Proportional 0/2…10V, 20 Nm
Torque in Nm
Supply voltage Product
Power consumption
Maximum Operating Stop
20 24V AC/DC BE-20P1E 20,0VA/14,0W 9,0VA/6W 0,5W
Technical data
Nominal voltage AC 24V +/- 20% 50/60Hz, DC 24-36V +/- 10%
Protection class III SELV (Safety low voltage)
Protection degree IP55
Actuator features
Synchronization +/- 5%
Rotation direction Selectable via switch CW/CCW
Angle of rotation Maximum 95°
Manual adjustment One-handed positioning, without disengaging of gears
Running time 90 sec. (+/- 5%), independent of load, fail safe 60 sec.
Noise emission level Motor < 35 dB(A)
Position indicator Mechanical
Ambient temperature -20 to +50°C
Storage temperature -40 to +70°C
Ambient humidity 5 to 95% rH
Weight 950g
Maintenance Maintenance free
Working area 0... 10V or 2…10V, selectable via switch
Input resistance >100 k Ω
Output signal DC 2... 10V for 0... 100%
Connection cable 4 x 0,75mm²
Wiring diagram
Manual setting Press the red button when the actuator is connected to the power supply Turn the actuator slowly into the desired position Always wait for a stillstand before performing manual adjustments or changing
the sense of rotation Turn against limit stops slowly
Safety instructions Establish the electrical connection of the unit according to the currently valid standards and directives as well as legal regulations. Only the manufacturer is allowed to open the housing. The unit connection cable can not be replaced. We recommend replacing the actuator, if the cable is damaged. Attention! The actuator does not react to any travel commands for approx. 120 sec. after the supply voltage is connected (to line1 and 2) and the voltage has failed.
BA_BE-20P1E-S191_en / 06.2010
Button to disconnect power supply
Project-Related Appendix
8-0p
roja
rit-g
b-01
-021
0.fm
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
8
8 Project-Related Appendix
Refrigeration Diagrams*
Piping Sketch PKW*
Electric Diagrams
Spare Parts List
* as far as available
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
8-0projarit-gb-01-0210.fm
Project-Related Appendix
9 101 1152 8763 4 12 13 14 15
Ritta
l Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD-
3574
5 He
rbor
nTe
lefo
n: +
49 2
772
505-
0Te
lefa
x: +
49 2
772
505-
2700
08.0
2.11
M. K
öste
r
08.0
2.11
M. K
öste
r UKS-
DX 3
300.
760
16
9.2
3.1
48.3
11
c
da
13
6 5
78.2
2
9.1
14
15
8.4
16.1
9.3
8.1
b
16.2
16.3
10
1.1
1.2
1.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
12
16.7
PZH
PZH
PZH
TEPE
PE
35 x
1,5
a [m
m]
R40
7C
Emka
rate
RL
32-3
MAF
3 x
ZB45
b [m
m]
28 x
1,5
c [m
m]
16 x
1
d [m
m]
28 x
1,5
TEM
PER
ATU
RE S
ENSO
R
EVAP
OR
ATO
R
EXPA
NSI
ON
VAL
VE
DRY
ER
SIG
HT
GLA
SS
CO
MPR
ESSO
R
CO
NDEN
SER
INSU
LATI
ON
HO
SE
SCHR
ADER
VAL
VE
HIG
H PR
ESSU
RE
SWIT
CH
LOW
PRE
SSU
RE
SENS
OR
Atte
ntio
n:
All S
chra
der c
onne
ctio
ns m
ust b
e in
stal
led
with
spr
ing
valve
s
exce
pt h
igh
pres
sure
sw
itch
(Pos
.9).
CO
LLEC
TOR
SPEE
D C
ON
TRO
LLER
HIG
H PR
ESSU
RE
SENS
OR
SUPE
RHEA
T C
ONT
ROLL
ER
exte
rnal
Edite
d
Audi
ted
Nam
eD
ate
Con
d.M
odifi
catio
nD
ate
Nam
e
Des
igna
tion:
Rep
lace
s:
Ord
er n
o.:
We
rese
rve
all r
ight
s fo
r thi
s dr
awin
g.
It m
ust n
ot b
e re
prod
uced
or m
ade
avai
labl
e to
third
par
ties
or b
e m
isuse
d in
any
oth
er w
ay.
Rep
lace
d by
:RE
FRIG
ERAT
ION
CIRC
UIT
Dra
wing
:RO
TALO
CK
VALV
E
SOLE
NO
ID V
ALVE
(OPT
ION
)
OIL
SEP
ARAT
OR
(OPT
ION
)
NO
N-RE
TUR
N VA
LVE
(OPT
ION)
SHUT
-OFF
VAL
VE (O
PTIO
N)
Con
nect
ions
Ref
riger
ant
Oil
(PO
E)
Com
pres
sors
HO
T G
AS B
YPAS
S VA
LVE
(OPT
ION
)
MO
NOM
ETER
(OPT
ION
)
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Kund
e:cu
stom
er:
Betre
iber
:co
mpa
ny o
pera
ting:
Anla
gesy
stem
Anla
genb
ezei
chnu
ngsy
stem
des
igna
tion
Auf
trags
-Nr.
Ord
er N
o.
Dok
umen
tent
yp:
docu
men
t ty
pe:
Ger
äte-
Nr.
Uni
t No.
Zeic
hnun
gs-N
r.D
raw
ing
No.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
RIT
TA
L G
mb
H &
Co
. K
G
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Au
f dem
Stü
tzel
berg
D 3
5745
Her
born
Tele
fon
+49
(0)2
772/
505-
0Te
lefa
x +4
9 (0
)277
2/50
5-27
00
ww
w.ri
ttal.d
e
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Scha
ltung
sunt
erla
gen
Dia
gram
s A
nd C
hart
s
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Deu
tsch
Eng
lisch
Dec
kbla
ttfro
ntpa
geU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
091
26
FrankKJ30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.200911:15:36
Nr.:
Ände
rung
shin
wei
seN
ame
Dat
um
2.1
Urs
prun
gFr
ank
11.0
3.20
09
Vers
ion.
: 2.2
UK
S 3
30
0.7
60
-79
0
2.2
Bla
tt 10
+31+
34+4
0+50
+80+
81Fr
ank
29.0
9.20
09
Inh
alt
sv
erz
eic
hn
isC
on
ten
ts
Bla
ttsh
eet
Bes
chre
ibun
gde
scrip
tion
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CD
okum
ente
ntyp
docu
men
t ty
pe
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
tt
Dat
um
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Bearb
eiter
Geprü
ftNo
rmUr
spr.
Ersa
tz f.
Erse
tzt d.
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lanIn
h_1
Inha
ltsve
rzei
chni
sC
onte
nts
UK
SPC
S+
Fran
kFr
ank
Mül
ler
26
11.0
3.20
0911
.03.
2009
Serie
1D
eckb
latt
front
page
02
Sch
altp
lan
2V
DE
-Nor
men
V
DE
-sta
ndar
ds
02 S
chal
tpla
n2.
1V
DE
-Nor
men
V
DE
-sta
ndar
ds
02 S
chal
tpla
n3
inte
rne-
Nor
men
in
tern
e-st
anda
rds
02 S
chal
tpla
n3.
1in
tern
e-N
orm
en
inte
rne-
stan
dard
s 02
Sch
altp
lan
8In
form
atio
n N
etz
A-B
info
rmat
ion
pow
er s
uppl
y A
-B
02 S
chal
tpla
n9
Um
scha
ltung
Net
z A
-Bch
ange
ove
r po
wer
sup
ply
A-B
02 S
chal
tpla
n10
Ein
spei
sung
su
pply
02
Sch
altp
lan
20Zu
luftv
entil
ator
su
pply
air
fan
02 S
chal
tpla
n30
Küh
len
cool
02
Sch
altp
lan
31K
ühle
n co
ol
02 S
chal
tpla
n34
Kon
dens
ator
lüfte
r co
nden
ser f
an
02 S
chal
tpla
n40
E-H
eizu
ng
elec
tric
heat
er
02 S
chal
tpla
n50
Dam
pfbe
feuc
hter
st
eam
hum
idifi
er
02 S
chal
tpla
n52
Hyg
rost
at
hygr
osta
t 02
Sch
altp
lan
60S
tellm
otor
se
rvo
mot
or
02 S
chal
tpla
n64
Kon
dens
at-H
ebep
umpe
co
nden
sate
dis
char
ge p
ump
02 S
chal
tpla
n65
Was
serw
arnu
ng
wat
er w
arni
ng
02 S
chal
tpla
n67
Dop
pelb
oden
-Dru
ckse
nsor
do
uble
floo
r pre
ssur
e se
nsor
02
Sch
altp
lan
68R
egel
fühl
er
cont
rol s
enso
r 02
Sch
altp
lan
69R
auch
-/Bra
ndm
elde
r sm
oke-
/fire
det
ecto
r 02
Sch
altp
lan
70Ü
berw
achu
ng
mon
itorin
g 02
Sch
altp
lan
72P
oten
tialfr
eie-
Kon
takt
e po
tent
ial-f
ree
cont
acts
02
Sch
altp
lan
80G
rund
boar
d ba
sic
boar
d 02
Sch
altp
lan
81S
chni
ttste
lle
inte
rface
02
Sch
altp
lan
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
EMV-
DO
KUM
ENTA
TIO
NEM
C-D
OC
UM
ENTA
TIO
N
EMIS
SIO
N :
EMIS
SIO
N :
IMM
UN
ITAE
T :
IMM
UN
ITY
:
EN 6
1000
-6-4
EN 6
1000
-6-2
EIN
HAL
TUN
G D
ER N
OR
M D
UR
CH
:ST
AND
ARD
CO
NFO
RM
ITY
BY:
- BES
TIMMU
NGSG
EMAE
SSE
VERW
ENDU
NG U
ND IN
STAL
LATIO
NEN
TSPR
ECHE
ND ZE
RTIFI
ZIERT
ER BA
UTEIL
E.- U
SE A
ND IN
STAL
LATIO
N AC
CORD
ING
TO D
EFIN
ITION
OF C
ERTIF
IED C
OMPO
NENT
S.
- EN
TSTO
ER- U
ND
SC
HU
TZBE
SCH
ALTU
NG
EN- I
NTE
RFE
REN
CE
AND
PR
OTE
CTI
VE
WIR
ING
S
DIE
SE M
ASSN
AHM
EN S
IND
DU
RC
H E
NTS
PREC
HEN
DE
EMV-
MES
SUN
GEN
VER
IFIZ
IER
T.TH
ESE
ARE
VER
IFIE
D B
YC
OR
RE
SP
ON
DIN
G E
MC
-TE
STS
.
RC
D (F
EHLE
RST
RO
MSC
HU
TZSC
HAL
TUN
G):
BEIM
EIN
SATZ
VO
N D
AMPF
BEFE
UC
HTE
RN
BIT
TEJU
MPE
RST
ELLU
NG
AU
F D
ER E
LEKT
RO
NIK
KAR
TE B
EAC
HTE
N.
DER
STA
ND
ARD
-FI-S
CH
UTZ
SCH
ALTE
R M
USS
VD
E066
4 EN
T-SP
REC
HEN
.
SIN
D F
REQ
UEN
ZUM
RIC
HTE
R E
ING
EBAU
T, K
ÖN
NEN
ALS
ALLE
INIG
E SC
HU
TZM
ASSN
AHM
E N
UR
ALL
STR
OM
SEN
SITI
VEFI
-SC
HU
TZSC
HAL
TER
VER
WEN
DET
WER
DEN
. DER
AU
SLÖ
SE-
STR
OM
SO
LLTE
300
mA
OD
ER 5
00m
A BE
TRAG
EN U
M E
IN A
US-
LÖSE
N D
UR
CH
ABL
EITS
TRÖ
ME
(CA.
200m
A JE
FU
) ZU
VER
-H
IND
ERN
.
MAX
.KU
RZS
CH
L.ST
RO
M: 6
kA
PRÜ
FSPA
NN
UN
G 1
000V
DIN
EN
602
04-1
SCH
UTZ
ART:
IP42
ELE
KTR
ISC
HE
AU
SRÜ
STU
NG
NAC
H:
ANFO
RD
ER
UN
GEN
FÜ
R N
IED
ERS
P.-
DIN
EN
604
39-1
SCH
ALTG
ERÄ
TEK
OM
BIN
ATIO
NEN
:
NET
ZAN
SCH
LUSS
MIT
PEN
-LEI
TER
L1L2
L3N
PE
PE
N4x
NET
ZAN
SC
HLU
SS-
KLE
MM
EN
IM E
-TE
IL
*
*BE
I NET
ZAN
SCH
LUSS
AU
S EI
NEM
TN
-C-V
ERSO
RG
UN
GS-
NET
Z, IS
T D
ER P
EN-L
EITE
R A
UF
DIE
PE-
KLEM
ME
ZULE
GEN
. DIE
NO
TWEN
DIG
E BR
UEC
KE IS
T M
IT G
LEIC
HEM
QU
ERSC
HN
ITT
ZUR
N-K
LEM
ME
ZU F
UEH
REN
.D
IE V
ARIA
NTE
, DAS
S EI
N T
N-C
-SYS
TEM
AU
S E
INEM
TN-S
-SYS
TEM
EN
TSTE
HT,
IST
UN
ZULA
ESS
IG.
DIN
VD
E 01
00 T
EIL
540
(IEC
603
64-5
-546
.2.3
).
TN-C
-VER
SOR
GU
NG
SNET
Z
VE
RT
EIL
UN
GS
SY
ST
EM
E (
NE
TZ
FO
RM
EN
)
NET
ZAN
SCH
LUSS
MIT
PE/
N-L
EITE
R
L1L2
L3N
PE
PE
5x
NET
ZAN
SC
HLU
SS-
KLE
MM
EN
IM E
-TE
IL
TN-S
-VER
SOR
GU
NG
SNET
Z
N
NET
ZAN
SCH
LUSS
MIT
N-L
EITE
R
L1L2
L3N
PE
4x
*
*BE
I NET
ZAN
SCH
LUSS
AU
S EI
NEM
TT-
VER
SOR
GU
NG
S-N
ETZ,
SIN
D A
LLE
ZU S
CH
UET
ZEN
DEN
KO
ERPE
RAN
EIN
EN G
EMEI
NSA
MEN
SEP
ARAT
EN E
RD
ER A
NZU
-SC
HLI
ESS
EN.
EIN
E VE
RBI
ND
UN
G N
-PE
IM G
ESAM
TEN
NET
ZVER
LAU
F IS
T U
NZU
LAES
SIG
.
TT-V
ERSO
RG
UN
GSN
ETZ
N
NET
ZAN
SC
HLU
SS-
KLE
MM
EN
IM E
-TE
IL
PE
SCH
UTZ
MAS
SNAH
MEN
MIT
SC
HU
TZLE
ITER
AUTO
MAT
ISC
HE
ABSC
HAL
TUN
G D
UR
CH
UEB
ERST
RO
M-S
CH
UTZ
EIN
RIC
HTU
NG
EN.
SYS
TEM
UN
AB
HAE
NG
IGE
SC
HU
TZM
AS
SN
AH
MEN
DIE
STE
UER
-U.R
EGEL
SPAN
NU
NG
24V
AC/D
C W
IRD
ALS
PE
LV
(FU
NKT
ION
SKLE
INSP
ANN
UN
G M
IT S
ICH
ERER
TR
ENN
UN
G)
NAC
H V
DE
0100
TEI
L 41
0 AU
SGEF
UEH
RT.
BEI A
NSC
HLU
SS A
N E
IN T
T-N
ETZ
IST
EIN
E SI
CH
ERE
ABS
CH
AL-
TUN
G N
UR
DU
RC
H Z
US
AE
TZLI
CH
EN E
INS
ATZ
EIN
ES B
AU
SE
ITIG
EN
RC
D (F
EHLE
RST
RO
M-S
CH
UTZ
SCH
ALTE
R) Z
U E
RR
EIC
HEN
!
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
VD
E-N
orm
enVD
E-st
anda
rds
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092
26
FrankKJ13:51:14 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
EMV-
DO
KUM
ENTA
TIO
NEM
C-D
OC
UM
ENTA
TIO
NEM
ISS
ION
:EM
ISS
ION
:IM
MU
NIT
AET
:IM
MU
NIT
Y :
EN 5
0081
-2
EN 6
1000
-6-4
EIN
HAL
TUN
G D
ER N
OR
M D
UR
CH
:ST
AND
ARD
CO
NFO
RM
ITY
BY:
- BE
STI
MM
UN
GSG
EM
AE
SS
E V
ER
WEN
DU
NG
UN
D IN
STA
LLAT
ION
ENTS
PREC
HEN
D Z
ERTI
FIZI
ERTE
R B
AUTE
ILE.
- USE
AN
D IN
STAL
LATI
ON
AC
CO
RD
ING
TO D
EFI
NIT
ION
OF
CE
RTI
FIE
D C
OM
PO
NE
NTS
.- E
NTS
TOER
- UN
D S
CH
UTZ
BESC
HAL
TUN
GEN
- IN
TER
FER
ENC
E AN
D P
RO
TEC
TIV
E W
IRIN
GS
DIE
SE M
ASSN
AHM
EN S
IND
DU
RC
H E
NTS
PREC
HEN
DE
EMV-
MES
SUN
GEN
VER
IFIZ
IER
T.TH
ESE
ARE
VER
IFIE
D B
YC
OR
RES
PON
DIN
G E
MC
-TES
TS.
RC
D (F
AULT
CU
RR
ENT
PRO
TEC
TIVE
CIR
CU
IT):
WIT
H T
HE
USE
OF
STE
AM H
UM
IDIF
IER
S R
EQU
EST
JUM
PER
ON
TH
E EL
ECTR
ON
ICS
MAP
ATT
ENTI
ON
.
THE
STAN
DAR
D R
CB
PRO
TEC
TIV
E SW
ITC
H M
UST
TO
VD
E 06
64C
OR
RES
PON
DIN
G.
FREQ
UEN
CY
STAT
IC F
REQ
UEN
CY
CH
ANG
ERS
ARE
INSE
RTE
D,
ABIL
ITY
AS
EXC
LUSI
VE P
RE
VEN
TIVE
MEA
SUR
EU
SES
ON
LY A
LLST
RO
MSE
NS
ITIV
E R
CB
-PR
OTE
CTI
VE S
WIT
CH
ES.
THE
TRIG
GER
CU
RR
ENT
SHO
ULD
300
MA
OR
500
MA
AM
OU
NTE
D T
O A
RO
UN
D R
ELE
ASI
NG
BY D
ERIV
ING
STR
EAM
(CA.
200M
A FO
R E
ACH
FU
) TO
PREV
ENTI
NG
.
MAX.
PRO
SPEC
TIVE
CURR
ENT O
F A C
IRCU
IT: 6k
A
TEST
ING
VO
LTAG
E 10
00V
DIN
EN
602
04-1
ENC
LOSU
RE:
IP42
ELE
CTR
ICA
L E
QU
IPM
ENT
AFT
ER:
RE
QU
IRE
ME
NTS
FO
R L
OW
-VO
LTA
GE
DIN
EN
604
39-1
SWIT
CH
GE
AR
CO
MBI
NAT
ION
S:
MAIN
S CO
NNEC
TION
WITH
PEN
LEAD
ER
L1L2
L3N
PE
PE
N4x
MAI
NS
CO
NN
ECTI
ON
CLA
MP
S IN
TH
E E
-PA
RT
*
*Fo
r sup
ply
from
a T
N-C
sup
ply
netw
ork
the
PE
N-c
ondu
ctor
mus
t be
conn
ecte
d to
the
PE
term
inal
.A
brid
ge w
ith th
e sa
me
cros
s-se
ctio
nm
ust c
onne
ct it
to th
e N
term
inal
.It
is n
ot a
llow
ed to
con
figur
e a
TN-C
-sys
tem
of a
TN
-S-s
yste
m.
DIN
VD
E 0
100
TEIL
540
(IE
C 6
0364
-5-5
46.2
.3).
TN-C
sup
ply
netw
ork
Dis
tribu
tion
syst
ems
(mai
ns ty
pes)
MAIN
S CO
NNEC
TION
WITH
PEN
LEAD
ER
L1L2
L3N
PEP
E5x
MAI
NS
CO
NN
ECTI
ON
CLA
MP
S IN
TH
E E
-PA
RT
TN-S
sup
ply
netw
ork
N
MAIN
S CO
NNEC
TION
WITH
N-LE
ADER
L1L2
L3N
PE
4x
*
*Fo
r sup
ply
from
a T
T su
pply
net
wor
kal
l ite
ms
to b
e pr
otec
ted
mus
t be
conn
ecte
dto
a s
epar
ate
earth
con
duct
or.
A co
nnec
tion
betw
een
N a
nd P
E is
forb
idde
nin
the
entir
e m
ains
.TT s
uppl
y ne
twor
k
N
MAI
NS
CO
NN
ECTI
ON
CLA
MP
S IN
TH
E E
-PA
RT
PE
Prot
ectiv
e m
easu
res
with
pro
tect
ive
earth
con
duct
or
Auto
mat
ic s
hut-o
ff by
ove
rcur
rent
pro
tect
ion
devi
ces
Syst
em in
depe
nden
t pro
tect
ive
mea
sure
s
The
cont
rol a
nd re
gula
tor v
olta
ge c
ircui
ts w
ith 2
4 VA
C/D
C a
rese
tup
as P
ELV
(func
tiona
l low
vol
tage
with
saf
e se
para
tion)
to V
DE
010
0 pa
rt 41
0.
For c
onne
ctio
n to
a T
T-ne
t, sa
fe s
hut-o
ff m
ust b
e en
sure
dby
inst
alla
tion
of a
n ad
ditio
nal o
n-si
teR
CD
(Fau
lt cu
rrent
bre
aker
)
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
VD
E-N
orm
enVD
E-st
anda
rds
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092.
126
FrankKJ13:48:16 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rnU
KS
3300
.760
-790
_V 2
.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
inte
rne-
Nor
men
inte
rne-
stan
dard
sU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
093
26
FrankKJ13:52:50 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009
AC
HTU
NG
!
SC
HA
LTS
CH
RA
NK
:
GER
AET
:LE
ITU
NG
EN
MIT
FA
RBI
GE
N A
DE
RN
L1 S
CH
WAR
ZL2
BR
AUN
L3 S
CH
WAR
ZN
B
LAU
PE G
RU
EN/G
ELB
VER
DR
AHTU
NG
H07
V-K
max
.700
VAD
ERFA
RBE
N S
.U. T
ABEL
LE
AC
HTU
NG
ELE
KTR
O-IN
STA
LLA
TEU
R !
BIT
TE D
IE E
XTE
RN
EN K
ABE
L A
US
RE
ICH
EN
D (C
A.2
M A
B E
-TE
IL-
EIN
FUEH
RU
NG
) BE
ME
SS
EN
, DA
DIE
KAB
EL
TEIL
WEI
SE
DIR
EK
T
AU
F D
IE B
AU
TEIL
E A
UFG
ELE
GT
WE
RD
EN M
UES
SE
N.
HIN
WEI
S ZU
R B
AUTE
ILBE
SCH
RIF
TUN
G:
z.B
.:
70K1
K= S
CH
UET
Z/R
ELAI
S B=
FUEH
LER
USW
.70
K1 - F
ORTL
AUFE
NDE
NUMM
ERIER
UNG
70=S
EITE
NZAH
L/10
.B3
QU
ERVE
RW
EISE
= S
EITE
UN
D S
TRO
MPF
ADW
O W
EITE
RE
ELEM
ENTE
DES
BAU
TEIL
SPL
ATZI
ERT
SIN
D
EIN
-/MEH
RD
RAE
HTI
G 5
0QM
M /
AE-H
UEL
SE 3
5QM
M
EIN
SP
EIS
UN
G: 4
00V
/3~/
N/P
E/5
0Hz
MAX
. AN
SCH
LUS
SQU
ER
SCH
NIT
T:
MIN
. AN
SCH
LUS
SQU
ERSC
HN
ITT:
ACH
TUN
G:
KLEI
NST
ER L
EITE
RQ
UER
SCH
NIT
T N
ACH
DIN
VD
E 01
00 T
EIL
430
AUSG
EWAE
HLT
:JE
NAC
H S
PAN
NU
NG
SFAL
L LE
ITER
-Q
UER
SCH
NIT
T G
GF.
ER
HO
EHEN
.BE
I BAU
SEIT
IGEN
SC
HU
TZO
RG
ANEN
IST
AU
F SE
LEKT
IVIT
AET
ZU
AC
HTE
N !
BAU
SEIT
.VO
RSI
CH
ERU
NG
3x10
A3x
16/2
0A3x
25A
3x35
A3x
50A
3x63
A3x
80A
3x10
0A
10 q
mm
16 q
mm
25 q
mm
35 q
mm
MIN
. AN
SC
HLU
SSQ
UE
RSC
HN
ITT:
4Q
MM
4 qm
m4
qmm
4 qm
m6
qmm
VE
RD
RA
HTU
NG
:E
INSP
EIS
UN
GN
EUTR
ALLE
ITE
R N
SCH
UTZ
LEIT
ER P
ELE
ITER
-/G
ND
AU
SS
EN
LEIT
ER
L1-
3LE
ITE
R +
/L
HAU
PTS
TRO
MK
RE
IS 2
30/4
00V
AC
VE
RS
OR
GU
NG
SN
ETZ
STE
UE
R-/R
EG
ELS
TRO
MK
RE
IS 2
30V
AC
STE
UE
RTR
AN
SFO
RM
ATO
R
STEU
ER-/R
EGE
LSTR
OM
KR
EIS
24VA
CN
ETZT
EIL
AC/D
C F
ÜR
PEL
V
STEU
ER-/R
EG
ELS
TRO
MKR
EIS
24V
DC
NET
ZTEI
L AC
/DC
FÜ
R P
ELV
KLEI
NS
PAN
NU
NG
DC
REG
LER
EIN
-/AU
SGA
NG
OH
NE
SYS
TEM
MA
SS
E
FUE
HLE
RLE
ITU
NG
PO
TEN
TIA
LFR
EIE
KO
NTA
KTE
HE
LLB
LAU
- LB
US
CH
WA
RZ
- BK
GR
ÜN
/GE
LB- G
NYE
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
RO
T/S
CH
WA
RZ
- RD
BK
RO
T/G
ELB
- RD
YE
RO
T- R
DDU
NKEL
BLAU
/WEI
SS- D
BUW
H
DU
NK
ELB
LAU
- DB
U
GR
AU
- GY
OR
AN
GE
- OG
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
DU
NK
ELB
LAU
- DB
U
DUNK
ELBL
AU/W
EISS
- DBU
WH
DUNK
ELBL
AU/W
EISS
- DBU
WH
Von
der N
etzt
renn
einr
icht
ung
ausg
e-no
mm
ene
Stro
mkr
eise
OR
ANG
E-O
GO
RAN
GE-
OG
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
CA
UTI
ON
!
SWIT
CH
CAB
INET
UN
ITLI
NES
WIT
H C
OLO
RED
VEI
NS
L1 B
LAC
KL2
BR
OW
NL3
BLA
CK
N B
LUE
PE G
REE
N/Y
ELLO
W
WIR
ING
H07
V-K
max
. 700
VVE
IN C
OLO
UR
S S
EE B
ELO
W T
ABL
E
ATTE
NTI
ON
ELE
CTR
ICAL
INST
ALLA
TEU
R!
AS
K T
HE
EX
TER
NA
L C
AB
LES
SU
FFIC
IEN
T(A
PP
RO
X. 2
M S
TAR
TIN
G F
RO
M E
-PA
RT-
INTR
OD
UC
TIO
N) M
EA
SU
RIN
G,
THER
E TH
E C
ABLE
S PA
RTI
AL D
IREC
T O
N T
HE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
UN
ITS
Not
e co
ncer
ning
com
pone
nt la
belin
gfo
r exa
mpl
e:
70K1 /10.B3
whe
re fu
rther
ele
men
ts o
f the
com
pone
nts
are
show
n.
VER
DR
AHTU
NG
:W
IRIN
G:
EIN
SPEI
SUN
GFE
EDIN
GN
EUTR
ALLE
ITER
NNE
UTRA
L CON
DUCT
OR N
SCH
UTZ
LEIT
ER P
EPR
OTEC
TIVE
COND
UCTO
R PE
LEIT
ER -/
GN
DC
ON
DU
CTO
R -/
GN
DAU
SSEN
LEIT
ER L
1-3
PHAS
E CON
DUCT
OR L1
-3
LEIT
ER +
/LC
ON
DU
CTO
R +
/L
HAU
PTST
RO
MKR
EIS
230/
400V
ACVE
RSO
RG
UN
GSN
ETZ
SUPP
LY M
AIN
SP
OW
ER C
IRC
UIT
230
/400
VA
C
STEU
ER-/R
EGEL
STR
OM
KREI
S 23
0VAC
STEU
ERTR
ANSF
OR
MAT
OR
CO
NTR
OL
CIR
CU
IT 2
30VA
CC
ON
TRO
L TR
ANS
FOR
MER
STEU
ER-/R
EGEL
STR
OM
KREI
S 24
VAC
NET
ZTEI
L AC
/DC
FÜ
R P
ELV
CO
NTR
OL
CIR
CU
IT 2
4VA
CPO
WER
PAC
K AC
/DC
FO
R P
ELV
STEU
ER-/R
EGEL
STR
OM
KREI
S 24
VDC
NET
ZTEI
L AC
/DC
FÜ
R P
ELV
CO
NTR
OL
CIR
CU
IT 2
4VD
CPO
WER
PAC
K AC
/DC
FO
R P
ELV
KLEI
NSP
ANN
UN
G D
CR
EGLE
REI
N-/A
USG
ANG
OH
NE
SYST
EMM
ASSE
CO
NTR
OLL
ER IN
-/OU
TPU
T
LOW
VO
LTAG
EW
ITH
OU
T EA
RTH
ED S
YSTE
M
FUEH
LER
LEIT
UN
GSE
NSO
R W
IRIN
G
Von
der N
etzt
renn
einr
icht
ung
ausg
enom
men
e St
rom
krei
sePO
TEN
TIAL
FR
EE C
ON
TAC
TS
HEL
LBLA
U- L
BUSC
HW
ARZ
- BK
LIG
HTB
LUE
BLAC
KG
RÜ
N/G
ELB
- GN
YEG
REE
N/Y
ELLO
W
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
GR
EEN
/YEL
LOW
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
GR
EEN
/YEL
LOW
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
GR
EEN
/YEL
LOW
RO
T/SC
HW
ARZ
- RD
BKR
OT/
GE
LB- R
DYE
RED
/BLA
CK
RE
D/Y
ELL
OW
RO
T- R
DR
ED
DU
NKE
LBAU
- DBU
DAR
KBLU
E
GR
AU- G
YG
REY
OR
ANG
E- O
GO
RAN
GE
GR
ÜN
/GEL
B- G
NYE
GR
EEN
/YEL
LOW
DU
NKE
LBAU
- DBU
DU
NKE
LBLA
U/W
EISS
- DBU
WH
DAR
KBLU
ED
ARKB
LUE/
WH
ITE
Cau
tion:
The
smal
lest
con
duct
or c
ross
-sec
tion
toD
IN V
DE
0100
Par
t 430
has
bee
n se
lect
ed:
depe
ndin
g on
the
volta
ge d
rop
incr
ease
as
requ
ired.
Con
cern
ing
on-s
ite p
rote
ctiv
e de
vice
sen
sure
sel
ectiv
ity!
DU
NKE
LBLA
U/W
EISS
- DBU
WH
DAR
KBLU
E/W
HIT
E
DU
NKE
LBLA
U/W
EISS
DAR
KBLU
E/W
HIT
E
K=
Con
tact
or /
Rel
ay B
= S
enso
r etc
.
70K
1 - C
ontin
uous
num
berin
g 7
0=P
age
Num
ber
Cro
ss-r
efer
ence
s =
Pag
e an
d cu
rren
t pat
h
:
:P
RE
SE
NTE
D H
AV
ING
.
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
inte
rne-
Nor
men
inte
rne-
stan
dard
sU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
093.
126
FrankKJ13:48:16 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009
Sing
le-/m
ulti-
cond
ucto
r 50Q
MM
/ AE
-CAS
E 35
QM
M
POW
ER S
UPP
LY: 4
00V3
PH/N
/PE/
50H
z
MAX
. CO
NN
ECTI
ON
CR
OSS
SEC
TIO
N:
MIN
. CR
OSS
-SEC
TIO
N F
OR
CO
NN
ECTI
ON
:on
site
fuse
:
MIN
. CR
OSS
-SEC
TIO
N F
OR
CO
NN
ECTI
ON
: 4Q
MM
3x10
A3x
16/2
0A3x
25A
3x35
A3x
50A
3x63
A3x
80A
3x10
0A
10 q
mm
16 q
mm
25 q
mm
35 q
mm
4 qm
m4
qmm
4 qm
m6
qmm
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rnU
KS
3300
.760
-790
_V 2
.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Info
rmat
ion
Net
z A-
Bin
form
atio
n po
wer
sup
ply
A-B
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
09Fr
ank
826
FrankKJ13:48:16 30.09.200911:31frankkj02.04.2009
PEPE
N
N
N
N
NN
N
N
N N N
PE
PE
N
N
N
N
NN
N
N
N N N
PE
N.A
N.B
N1
-9K1 / 7
-9K2 / 7
-9K2 / 8-9K1 / 8
Netz ANetz B
Netz B
Netz A-9K1 / A2
-9K2 / A2
-10G
1
-34A
1
-64M
1
Um
rüst
ung
der S
tand
ard-
Kle
mm
leis
te 6
3211
033
bei U
msc
haltu
ng N
etz
A-B
Bau
seiti
ge V
orsi
cher
ung
= 63
A<
-max
.Ans
chl.Q
uers
chni
tt 16
qmm
"e" /
25q
mm
"f"
-Erw
eite
rung
mit
2 K
lem
men
N.A
/ N
.B. 6
3210
455
16/2
5qm
m
"e" e
indr
ähtig
"f" fe
indr
ähtig
PE
PE
N.A
N.B
NN
.AN
.BN1
N
Netz A
Netz B
Netz B
Netz A-9K1 / 7
-9K2 / 7
-9K2 / 8-9K1 / 8
-9K1 / A2
-9K2 / A2
-10G
1
-34A
1
-64M
1
Bau
seiti
ge V
orsi
cher
ung
= 80
A-m
ax.A
nsch
l.Que
rsch
nitt
35qm
m "e
" + "f
"2
PE
-Kle
mm
en 6
3210
453
35qm
m3
N-K
lem
men
632
1045
2 35
qmm
3 N
-Kle
mm
en 6
3210
454
4qm
m3
Red
uzie
rbrü
cker
32A
632
1913
1
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
I>I>
I>
/10.
A1
/10.
A1
/10.
A1
2L32L22L1
2T32T22T1
1L31L21L1
1T31T21T1
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Um
scha
ltung
Net
z A
-Bch
ange
ove
r pow
er s
uppl
y A-
BU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
09Fr
ank
926
FrankKJ11:32:37 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
A1 A2B1
/9.D
5
-9K
3
5sec
.0,
3..3
0s63
4440
43
A1 A2B1
/9.D
8
-9K
4
10se
c.0,
3..3
0s63
4440
43Le
vel:
350V
DPA
53C
M48
L1
L2
L3
-9F1
6344
3062
/9.C
518 16
15
A1-A
2: 23
0VA1
-B1:
24VA
C/DC
/9.C
718 16
15
A1-A
2: 23
0VA1
-B1:
24VA
C/DC
15 1618
/9.D
5
-9K
3
5sec.
15 1618
/9.D
8
-9K
4
10sec.
13
5
24
61,
4-2,
0A2,
0A
-9Q
2
6330
6040
A1 A2/9
.D6
-9K
5
6344
0064
/9.B
5
/9.B
814 1211
24 2221
34 3231
4241
44
11 1214
/9.D
6
-9K
511 12
14
-9F1
L1A-
B
L2A-
B
L3A-
B
21 C2A
-9F2
6395
0134
21 2224
/9.D
6
-9K
5
N.A
PE-E
inspe
isung
X1N
.A
-Eins
peisu
ng X1
PE-E
inspe
isung
PE
-Eins
peisu
ngN.
A
L1.A
L2.A
L3.A
-Eins
peisu
ngL1
.A
-Eins
peisu
ngL2
.A
-Eins
peisu
ngL3
.A
L1.B
L2.B
L3.B
-Eins
peisu
ngL1
.B
-Eins
peisu
ngL2
.B
-Eins
peisu
ngL3
.B
N.B
PE-E
inspe
isung
X1N
.B
-Eins
peisu
ng X1
-PE
PE-E
inspe
isung
PE
-Eins
peisu
ngN.
B
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
BKBK
BK
BK BK BK
BK BK BK BK BK BK
BK BK BK BK BK
LBU
LBU
BKBK
BKBK
BK
BK
/9.A3/9.A3/9.A3/9.E3/9.E3/9.E3
-9Q
180
A37
KW63
3104
07
1L1
1T1/9.D1
-9Q1 1L2
1T2
1L3
1T3
2L1
2T1/9.D2
-9Q1 2L2
2T2
2L3
2T3
A1 A2/9
.D5
-9K
1
6343
0277
1 3 5 78642
/9.A
4/9
.A4
/9.A
4/9
.A4
3
4
5
6
A1 A2/9
.D7
-9K
2
6343
0277
1 3 5 78642
/9.E
4/9
.E4
/9.E
4/9
.E4
1
2/9.D7
-9K2 3
4
5
67
8
7
8
LBU
LBU
NN
NN
NN
13 14/9
.E5
-9K
113 14
/9.E
7
-9K
2
21 22/9
.E5
-9K
121 22
/9.E
7
-9K
2
14 2213 21
/9.C
2/9
.B7
14 2213 21
/9.C
3/9
.B5
1.2
N-X
3/70
.A2
/70.A
5
1624
DC/B
SK.1
-X3
1724
DC/B
SK.1
LBU
LBU
BK
Net
z A
Ein/8
0.D
6-8
0A2
DI1
3
ID13
Net
z B
Ein/8
0.D
6-8
0A2
DI1
4
ID14
J8
1
2/9.D5
-9K1
-Eins
peisu
ng X1
N.B
-Eins
peisu
ng X1
N.A
.PE
Que
r-br
ücke
r
-X1
-X1
-X1
-X1
Netz Apower supply A
Netz Bpower supply B
Net
z A
pow
er s
uppl
y A
Net
z B
pow
er s
uppl
y B
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
-9W
1BK G
NYE
BN BK BU
-9W
2BK BN BK BU G
NYE
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rnU
KS
3300
.760
-790
_V 2
.2
/20.
A1
/20.
A1
/20.
A1
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Eins
peis
ung
supp
lyU
KS
PCS+
/31.
E1
/31.
D1
/40.
A1
/40.
A1
/40.
A1
/9.A
8
/9.A
8
/9.A
8
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092.
2Br
ücke
X3/
3.2-
4.2
29.09
.09Fra
nk10
26
FrankKJ11:51:50 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
BK BK BK
BK
DBUW
H
DBU
DBU
DBU
LBU
1L1
1L2
1L3
N PEL1 L2 L3
-Eins
peisu
ng X1N
N
-Eins
peisu
ngL1
-Eins
peisu
ngL2
-Eins
peisu
ngL3
-Eins
peisu
ng X1PE
PE-E
inspe
isung
PE
PE
-Eins
peisu
ngNN
11
1214 /70.F3
-70K1
21 D6A
-10F
1
6395
5013
-X1
/10.E
3/34
.B6
1N
.1
/64.E
2-X
1/10
.E5
/34.B
6
1N
.2
/64.E
2
GNYE
24AC
-N
24AC
-LR
D
RDWH
2L3
2L2
2L1
BKBKBK
-X1
/10.B
512
.1-X
1/10
.B5
12.2
-X1
/10.C
513
.1-X
1/10
.C5
13.2
.2PE
-X1
7
/64.E
3
-X3
/20.A
8/50
.E7
924
DC.1
/10.E
6.2
PE-X
33
-X3
/10.E
6/20
.C3
/20.C
5
424
GND
.2-X
3/10
.E6
/20.C
3/20
.C5
424
GND
.1-X
4/68
.C3
/67.C
4
324
GND
.1
DBUW
H
-X4
/68.C
3/67
.C4
124
DC/B
SK.1
DBU
-X3
/20.E
7/65
.E3
524
GND
.1
-X3
/31.D
5/65
.C3
/65.C
3
1424
DC/B
SK.1
-X3
/20.A
1/60
.D2
/64.C
3
1324
DC/B
SK.1
GNYE
1L1 3L2 5L3
2T1 4T2 6T3
100A-1
0Q1
6331
0405
L3A-
B
L2A-
B
L1A-
B
2AmT
6,3Am
T
2A3,1
5A24
VAC 6A
24VD
C
230VAC
-10G
10
230
24 0 + -
PE
6335
2052
/10.E
6.1
PE-X
33
Reg
elsp
annu
ng 2
4V-
cont
rol v
olta
ge 2
4V-
10-Einspeisung 1/Vers.1.1.0/28.09.05/mim
38kV
A /
55A
63A
Net
zein
spei
sung
: 400
V/3
~/N
/PE
/50H
zpo
wer
sup
ply:
400
V/3
~/N
/PE
/50H
z
16qm
m
**
**B
ei V
aria
nte
Gru
ndge
rät m
it O
ptio
n E
-Hei
zung
ode
r / u
nd D
ampf
befe
ucht
erer
folg
t die
Ein
spei
sung
von
-40Q
1 / -
50Q
1 di
rekt
vom
Hau
ptsc
halte
r dur
ch 2
L1-3
.A
t var
ianc
e ba
sic
unit
with
opt
ion
elec
tric
heat
er o
r / a
nd s
team
hum
idifi
ersu
pply
-40Q
1 / -
50Q
1 is
effe
cted
dire
ctly
via
the
mai
n sw
itch
by 2
L1-3
.
80A
25qm
m
16qm
m
52kV
A /
76A
49kV
A /
71A
52kV
A /
76A
80A
80A
25qm
m
25qm
m
Gru
nd
gerä
t -
basic
un
it U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
*
*
Not
-Aus
ext
ern
Brüc
ke e
ntfe
rnen
bei
Ans
chlu
ssem
erge
ncy-
stop
ext
erna
lre
mov
e co
nnec
tion
at c
onne
ctio
n
Gru
ndau
ssta
ttung
basi
c ve
rsio
nG
rund
auss
tattu
ng +
Opt
ion
E-H
eizu
ngba
sic
vers
ion
+op
tion
elec
tric
heat
er
Gru
ndau
ssta
ttung
+O
ptio
n Be
feuc
hter
basi
c ve
rsio
n +
optio
n hu
mid
ifier
Gru
ndau
ssta
ttung
+ O
ptio
nE-
Hei
zung
+ B
efeu
chte
rba
sic
vers
ion
+ op
tion
elec
tric
heat
er +
hum
idifi
er
*
Ansc
hlus
slei
stun
gco
nnec
ted
load
Baus
eitig
e Vo
rsic
heru
ngon
-site
line
fuse
min
. Ans
chlu
ssqu
ersc
hnitt
min
. cro
ss-s
ectio
n of
con
nect
ion
An
sc
hlu
ss
we
rte
co
nn
ecte
d lo
ad
BS
K-/R
egel
span
nung
24V
-fir
e pr
otec
tion
flap-
/con
trol v
olta
ge 2
4V-
**
****
Eins
peis
ung
(-10W
1 / -
10Q
1) e
ntfä
llt b
eiO
ptio
n "A
utom
atik
Net
z-U
msc
haltu
ng"
A-B
, Bla
tt 9
!su
pply
(-10
W1
/ -10
Q1)
not
app
licab
le if
optio
n "a
utom
atic
pow
er s
uppl
y-ch
ange
ove
r" A
-B, s
heet
9 !
GNYE
BU
-10W
1BK BN BK
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/10.
B8
/10.
B8
/10.
A8
/30.
A1
/30.
A1
/30.
A1
/30.
A1
/30.
E5
sieh
eQ
uerv
erw
eise
U
I>I>
I> KL1
KL4.2
KL4.1
TK TKDR
EHZA
HLST
OERU
NG ebm-
BUS
KL1
KL4.2
KL4.1
TK TKDR
EHZA
HLST
OERU
NG ebm-
BUS
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Zulu
ftven
tilat
orsu
pply
air
fan
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0920
26
FrankKJ11:50:37 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
11
22
33
GNYE
4
DBUD
BU
1L3
1L2
1L1
1L3
1L2
1L1
24D
C/B
SK
DBUW
H
DBU
24G
ND
DBU
Zulu
ftven
tilat
or 1
-3/8
0.C
6-8
0A2
DO
04C
4
NO
4J1
3
/50.
B8
DO
05D
O06
/60.
B6 24D
CÜ
bers
trom
/Stö
rung
/80.
C5
-80A
2D
I04
ID4
J5
AO04
Zulu
ftven
tilat
or 1
-3/8
0.C
4-8
0A2
Y4
J4
BKBK
BK
DBU
DBU
12
3GN
YE1
23
4
-X111L3 .1
-X110L2 .1
-X19L1 .1
-X19L1 .2
-X110L2 .2
-X111L3 .2
/20.C
4
.2PE
-X1
8
8PE
-X1 .3
/20.C
2
9L1-X1.3
10L2-X1.3
11L3-X1.3
-X3
/10.E
6/65
.E3
524
GND
.2
-X3
/10.D
8/50
.E7
924
DC.2
424GND-X3.3
424GND-X3.4
DBU
-X322.1 22
-X3.2
21-X3.2
-X320.1
20-X3.2
19-X3.2
-X319.1
-X3180-10V .1
-X3180-10V .2
180-10V-X3.3
-X3
/10.D
8/60
.D2
/64.C
3
1324
DC/B
SK.2
DBU A1 A2
/20.
E7
-20K
1
6343
2045
1 3 5 1314642
/20.
C2
/20.
C2
/20.
C2
13
5
24
6
/20.
E7
14-2
0A
-20Q
113 14
21 2263
4320
45
1 2/2
0.F7
-20K
13 4
5 6
380-
480V
/50-
60H
zR
SAR
SBP1
2,9
KW4,
6A
-20M
1
6353
1101
L1L2
L3PE
NCNO
COM
GND
0-10V
380-
480V
/50-
60H
zR
SAR
SBP1
2,9
KW4,
6A
-20M
2
6353
1101
L1L2
L3PE
NCNO
COM
GND
0-10V
1/6-20XS1
1/5-20XS2
1/6-20XS3
1/5-20XS4
2/6
3/6
PE/6
2/5
3/5
4/5
2/6
3/6
PE/6
2/5
3/5
4/5
Zulu
ftven
tilat
or 1
supp
ly a
ir fa
n 1
20-21-Vent.ZU-FO-M90EC PCS/Rev.1.2/28.08.06/mim
Zulu
ftven
tilat
or E
insu
pply
air
fan
on
4G1,
55G
1,0
Zulu
ftven
tilat
or 2
supp
ly a
ir fa
n 2
20XS
... L
eist
ung:
5po
l.+E/
16A
20XS
... S
teue
rung
: 4po
l.+E/
10A
Lüfte
r 1+2
: nur
mit
Que
rbrü
cker
21-
22
Gru
nd
gerä
t -
basic
un
it U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
14A
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/20.
A3
/20.
A3
/20.
A3
/20.
A3
/34.
A1
U
I>I>
I>
/20.
E8/3
1.E7
/40.
B1
U
I>I>
I>si
ehe
Que
rver
wei
se
siehe
Mas
tersy
mbol
Span
ungs
verso
rg.sie
he M
aster
symb
olSp
anun
gsve
rsorg.
U
I>I>
I>
/64.
A2
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Kühl
enco
olU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0930
26
FrankKJ11:44:00 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
4,91
KW13
,1A
3~M
TK
T1
T2
T3
PE
-30M
1
6361
0539
4,91
KW13
,1A
3~M
TK
T1
T2
T3
PE
-30M
2
6361
0539
1L1
1L2
1L3
24D
C/B
SK
1L2
A1 A2/3
0.E5
-30K
1
6343
2043
1 3 5 1314642
/30.
B1/3
0.B2
/30.
B2/3
0.B2
1 2/3
0.E5
-30K
13 4
5 6
13 14
13
5
24
6
/30.
D5
11-1
6A
-30Q
113 14
21 2263
4320
43
24G
ND
24G
ND
DBUW
H
DBU
DBU
BK
BUBN
HP-3
0F1
6367
3069
GNYE
12
3
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
24D
C/B
SK
A1 A2/3
0.E6
-30K
2
6343
2043
1 3 5 1314642
/30.
B3/3
0.B3
/30.
B3/3
0.B3
13
5
24
6
/30.
D6
11-1
6A
-30Q
213 14
21 2263
4320
43
1 2/3
0.E6
-30K
23 4
5 6
13 14
Kälte
mas
chin
e 1
/80.
C7
-80A
2
DO
09C
9
NO
9J1
6
/30.
B6
DO
10D
O11
/30.
B7 24D
C
Kälte
mas
chin
e 1
/80.
C6
-80A
2D
I09
ID9
J7
Kälte
mas
chin
e 2
/80.
C6
-80A
2D
I10
ID10
J7DBU
DBU
12
3GN
YE
Kälte
mas
chin
e 2
/80.
C7
/30.
B6
-80A
2D
O10
NO
10J1
624D
C
DBU
BK
BUBN
HP-3
0F2
6367
3069
4,91
KW13
,1A
3~M
TK
T1
T2
T3
PE-3
0M3
6361
0539
Kälte
mas
chin
e 3
/80.
C7
/30.
B6
-80A
2D
O11
NO
11J1
624D
C A1 A2/3
0.E7
-30K
3
6343
2043
1 3 5 1314642
/30.
B4/3
0.B4
/30.
B4/3
0.B4
13
5
24
6
/30.
D7
11-1
6A
-30Q
313 14
21 2263
4320
43
1 2/3
0.E7
-30K
33 4
5 6
13 14
12
3GN
YE
Kälte
mas
chin
e 3
/80.
C6
-80A
2D
I11
ID11
J7
DBUBK
BUBN
HP-3
0F3
6367
3069
DBU
DBUD
BU
/30.D
3/30
.D4
.1PE
-X1
2
/34.B
7/30
.D2
/30.D
4
.2PE
-X1
2
/34.B
7
2PE
-X1 .3
/30.D
2/30
.D3
/34.B
7
-X3
/31.A
7/60
.A3
1024
DC.1
1L3
40-X
3.239
-X3.2
/30.D
7
-X3
/30.D
739
.138-X
3.2/30
.C7
-X3
/30.C
738
.1
37-X
3.236
-X3.2
/30.D
6
-X3
/30.D
636
.135-X
3.2/30
.C6
-X3
/30.C
635
.1
34-X
3.233
-X3.2
/30.D
5
-X3
/30.D
533
.1
-X3
/30.C
532
.1
32-X
3.2/30
.C5
30-KühlerVentil PCS/Rev.1.1/21.08.05/mim
Kälte
mas
chin
ere
frige
ratin
g m
achi
ne1
12
Kälte
mas
chin
ere
frige
ratin
g m
achi
ne2
Kälte
mas
chin
ere
frige
ratin
g m
achi
ne1
12
Kälte
mas
chin
ere
frige
ratin
g m
achi
ne2
Kälte
mas
chin
ere
frige
ratin
g m
achi
ne3
3Kä
ltem
asch
ine
refri
gera
ting
mac
hine
33
Gru
nd
gerä
t -
basic
un
it U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
13,1
A13
,1A
13,1
A
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/30.
E8/4
0.E5
/10.
C8
/10.
C8
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Kühl
enco
olU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092.
2-3
1W1
Art.N
r. in
Stü
li29
.09.09
Frank
3126
FrankKJ11:48:10 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
WH
BK
BU
BN
AB
DC
TEC
EX6-U
21/N
15
-31Y
163
6940
51
BNW
H
A1 A2/3
1.E7
-31K
1
6344
0096
24G
ND
24G
ND
DBUW
H
DBU
/31.
C314 12
11
24 2221
11 1214
/31.
F7
-31K
1
24AC
-L
24AC
-N
RD
RDWH
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
GY
GNYE
Nie
derd
ruck
Käl
teJ6
AI06
B6
/80.
C4
-80A
2
Überh
itzun
gsreg
ler St
örung
/80.
C6
-80A
2D
I12
ID12
J7
Überh
itzun
gsreg
ler Fr
eigab
e/8
0.D
7-8
0A2
DO
12
J17
C12
NC
12N
O12
24D
C
-X4
/70.C
72
24DC
/BSK
.2
WH
WH
24V
AC
EC
3-X
33
Suct
ion
pres
sure
Dru
ckC
oil o
utTe
mpe
ratu
rSu
ctio
n pr
essu
re4-
20m
A ou
t
Alar
m
Step
per m
otor
Schr
ittm
otor
-31A
1
C1
Aout
+Vin
WH
BNN
LL
NPE
21
34
2
6382
5369
-31B
1
PT4-
18M
0...18
bar
6367
3086
Wh
Wh
-31B
2
ECN
-N30
6383
2283
-X3
/30.A
6/60
.A3
1024
DC.2
/40.D
6/50
.D7
.1PE
-X3
1
/72.C
3-X
3/10
.E7
/65.C
3/65
.C3
1424
DC/B
SK.2
WHBKBUBN
Expa
nsio
nsve
ntil
expa
nsio
n va
lve
Tem
pera
turfü
hler
tem
pera
ture
sen
sor
Dru
cktra
nsm
itter
pres
sure
tran
sduc
erÜ
berh
itzun
gsre
gler
Gru
nd
gerä
t -
basic
un
it U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
Frei
gabe
rele
ase
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
0-10
V
L LFS
P-18
0
F1N N
PE
FSE-
02S
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Kond
ensa
torlü
fter
cond
ense
r fan
/30.
A5
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092.
2-3
4A1
Opt
ion
29.09
.09Fra
nk34
26
FrankKJ11:45:58 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
21 C10A
-34F
1
6395
0111
Sh
1N
-X1.3
/10.E
5/10
.E3
/64.E
22
PE-X
1 .4/30
.D2
/30.D
3/30
.D4
BK
1
3
5
7
PE
M1
1~
U2
TK TK
U1
C1
3pol.
Q1
NL
TKTK
400V
3pol.
N1
-34A
1
WC
RFI
XX
XM
1=3,
0A
59_e
xter
n
-X1
/34.B
614
.1
14-X
1.2/34
.B2
1L2
Kond
ensa
torlü
fter
cond
ense
r fan
M2
1~
Falls
M2
vorh
ande
n,F1
-F2
in R
eihe
!
(M2=
3,0A
)
Gru
ndge
rät -
bas
ic u
nit U
KS
3300
.760
-790
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
1
-34W
1
2
6313
0297
GYNE
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/50.
B1
/50.
E7
/30.
A5
/31.
E8
/10.
A8
/10.
A8
/10.
A8/5
0.A1
/50.
A1
/50.
A1
U
I>I>
I>
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
E-H
eizu
ngel
ectri
c he
ater
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092.
2-4
0F1
Art.N
r. ne
u29
.09.09
Frank
4026
FrankKJ10:27:31 16.12.200913:08FrankKJ16.12.2009
DBUW
H
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
24D
C/B
SK
24G
ND
24D
C/B
SK
24G
ND
L1 T1/4
0.E7
-40V
150
A
A1 A2/4
0.E7
-40V
1
6344
0170
L1T1
/40.
C1
A1 A2/4
0.E7
-40V
2
6344
0170
L1 T1/4
0.E7
-40V
250
A
L1T1
/40.
C2
DBU
DBU
11 1214
/70.
E5
-70K
2
2,5KW. .
-40E
1
2,5KW. .
-40E
2
2,5KW. .
-40E
3
.
Frei
gabe
/Luf
tstro
m/8
0.C
7-8
0A2
DO
08
J15
C8
NC
8N
O8
24D
CEl
ektro
heiz
ung/80.
D6
-80A
2D
O07
J14
C7 NO
724
DC
E-H
eizu
ng
/80.
D5
-80A
2D
I06
ID6
J5
BKBK
BK
GNYE
2,5KW. .
-40E
4
2,5KW. .
-40E
5
2,5KW. .
-40E
6
.
-X1
/40.D
1/40
.D3
4H
L1.1
-X1
/40.D
2/40
.D3
5H
L2.1
-X1
/40.D
2/40
.D3
6H
L3.1
-X3
/40.A
711
24DC
.1-X
3/40
.A6
1124
DC.2
/31.D
2/50
.D7
.2PE
-X3
1
/72.C
3
/40.D
3
.2PE
-X1
33
PE-X
1 .3/40
.D2
-X1
/40.D
1/40
.D3
4H
L1.2
-X1
/40.D
2/40
.D3
5H
L2.2
-X1
/40.D
2/40
.D3
6H
L3.2
4H
L1-X
1.3/40
.D1
/40.D
1
5H
L2-X
1.3/40
.D2
/40.D
2
6H
L3-X
1.3/40
.D2
/40.D
2
2L2
2L3
2L1
2L1
2L2
2L3
43-X
3.2/40
.C6
-X3
/40.D
643
.1
42-X
3.2/40
.B6
-X3
/40.B
642
.1
A1 A2/4
0.E6
-40K
1
6423
4123
1 3 5 1314642
/40.
C1
/40.
C2
/40.
C2
/40.
C2
13
5
24
6
/40.
E6
22,0
-32,
0A
-40Q
113 14
21 2264
2341
23
1 2/4
0.E6
-40K
13 4
5 6
13 144 2
STB T
TTR6
100°C
-40F
1
-+5
31
PE
60°C
6367
7016
40-Heiz.-1Verb.1STB-1HLS-PCS/Ver 1.1/07.09.06/mim
BNBK
GY
GNYE
7,5K
W /
10,8
A
E-H
eizu
ngel
ectri
c he
ater
7,5K
W /
10,8
A
BNBK
GY
GNYE
4G4,
04G
4,0
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
25A
E-H
eizu
ngel
ectri
c he
ater
E-H
eizu
ngel
ectri
c he
ater
E-H
eizu
ngel
ectri
c he
ater
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/50.D3
/50.B3
/40.
B4
/60.
E5/4
0.E8
siehe
Mas
tersy
mbol
Span
ungs
verso
rg.
/40.
A4
/40.
A4
/40.
A4
I>I>
I>
U
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Dam
pfbe
feuc
hter
stea
m h
umid
ifier
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092.
2Te
xt J
umpe
r "L"
29.09
.09Fra
nk50
26
FrankKJ10:29:10 16.12.200913:09FrankKJ16.12.2009
--50N1:1
BUBU
BK
BK
BNDB
UWH
DBUWH
DBUW
HD
BUD
BU
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
DBU
GNYE
--50K1:14
24D
C/B
SK
1 1ab
-50S
163
3080
45
1 1ab
-50S
263
3080
45
11 1214
/50.
F7
-50K
2
X
0-20m
A2-1
0VON
/OFF
RC
DR
ES
.
mA
SP 2P FI Z
CD
YD
RN
DS
PC
TR K L M N
RE
S.
RE
S.
RE
S.
RE
S.
%rHSx
S1
%
*)
SENSOR
GND
50X1
10po
l.
-VIN
+VR
DYE
GN
MD
SC
+10V
+12V
50X2
12po
l.
ERR
OR
VO
VIG
ND
CT
LN
SWIT
CH
ECC
M 2
4DC
-50N
11
23
45
67
89
10
12
34
56
78
910
1112
6364
9097
AU
SLA
SS
ER
SA
TZT.
NR
.63
696X
XX
OU
TLE
TS
PA
RE
-P.N
O.
EIN
LAS
SE
RS
ATZ
T.N
R.
6369
6XX
XIN
LET
SP
AR
E-P
.NO
.
Y1.1
Y1.2
/50.
E2
-50E
163
6490
96
OEM
464
/50.
E5
-50E
1
11,2
5KW
16,2
4A15
KG/H
6364
9096
212224
/70.
E5
-70K
2
Befe
ucht
er /80.
D5
-80A
2D
I07
ID7
J5
AO03
Befe
ucht
en/8
0.C
4-8
0A2
Y3
J4
A1 A2/5
0.F8
-50K
2
6344
0096
24G
ND
24G
ND
DBU
Befe
ucht
er/8
0.D
6
/20.
B8
-80A
2D
O05
NO
5J1
324D
C
DBU
/50.
B714 12
11
24 2221
-X3
/50.E
7/60
.D2
/69.D
2
624
GND
.1
-X3
/50.B
4/60
.D2
/69.D
2
624
GND
.2924
DC-X
3.3/10
.D8
/20.A
8
1PE
-X3.3
/31.D
2/40
.D6
/72.C
3
-X1
/50.D
315
.1
15-X
1.2/50
.D3
23-X
3.2/52
.C2
Hyg
24-X
3.2/52
.E2
Hyg
2L1
2L2
2L3
13
5
24
6
/50.
E6
14-2
0A
-50Q
113 14
21 2263
4320
45
1 3 5 1314642
/50.
C2
/50.
C2
/50.
C2
A1 A2/5
0.F6
-50K
1
6343
2045
1 2/5
0.F6
-50K
13 4
5 6
Betri
ebop
erat
ion
50-Befeuchter 1+2 OEM 363 PC3/Ver.1.1/28.11.05/ves
Dam
pfbe
feuc
hter
stea
m h
umid
ifier
BKR
DBN
OG
Frei
gabe
Bef
euch
ter
rele
ase
hum
idifi
er
11987654321 10
Pos.
OEM
464
- max
.15k
g/h
Eins
tellu
ng P
latin
eS
1Sx
%D
ampf
(kg/
h)V
(m3/
h)33
000
2200
012
000
1100
010
000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
15,0
15,0
14,4
13,2
12,0
10,8
9,6
8,4
7,2
6,0
4,8
100
100
95 90 80 70 65 55 100
80 65
2 m
ax.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 m
in.
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
20A
absc
hläm
men
/In
form
atio
nre
mov
e sl
udge
/in
form
atio
n
Störu
ng au
sfau
lt off
Brüc
ke e
ntfe
rnen
bei
Opt
ion
Hyg
rost
atre
mov
e co
nnec
tion
atop
tion
hygr
osta
t
Span
nung
sfre
isch
altu
ng:
Leis
tung
ssch
alte
r -50
Q1
disc
onne
ctin
g fro
m p
ower
sup
ply:
pow
er s
witc
h -5
0Q1
*
*
Jum
per "
L" e
ntfe
rnen
!!
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rnU
KS
3300
.760
-790
_V 2
.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Hyg
rost
athy
gros
tat
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0952
26
FrankKJ11:40:50 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
1
21 42
-52F
1H
-+
6382
503323
-X3.3
/50.D
8
Hyg
24-X
3.3/50
.D8
Hyg
52-Befeuchter 1+2 OEM 490 PC3/Ver.1.1/28.11.05/ves
Hyg
rost
athy
gros
tat
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/50.
E8/7
0.E1
siehe
Mas
tersy
mbol
Span
ungs
verso
rg.
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Stel
lmot
orse
rvo
mot
orU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0960
26
FrankKJ11:40:36 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
DBU
DBU
DBU
12
3
24G
ND
24G
ND
11 1214
/60.
E6
-60K
1
A1 A2/6
0.E6
-60K
1
6344
0096
/60.
B314 12
11
24 2221
GND
24VUC
BN-2
0C1E
-S09
3
1
2
3
-60Y
163
5110
78
Klap
pen
/80.
D6
/20.
B8
-80A
2D
O06
NO
6J1
324D
C
1024
DC-X
3.3/30
.A6
/31.A
7
624
GND
-X3.3
/50.C
4/50
.E7
/69.D
2
1324
DC/B
SK-X
3.3/10
.D8
/20.A
1/64
.C3
41-X
3.2/60
.D3
-X3
/60.D
341
.1
Stel
lmot
or A
bluf
tkla
ppe
serv
o m
otor
ext
ract
air
dam
per
60-Stellmotor-BN24-PCS-1-2/Vers.1.1/08.09.06/mim
Stel
lmot
or A
bluf
tkla
ppe
serv
o m
otor
ext
ract
air
dam
per
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/30.
A5
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Kon
dens
at-H
ebep
umpe
cond
ensa
te d
isch
arge
pum
pU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
09Fr
ank
6426
FrankKJ11:44:00 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
0,5AT
L
F1
0,5AT
F2
M 230V N
ALARM
BN
BK
BU
GNYE
GY
-64M
1
25VA
6352
0062
21 C2A
-64F
1
6395
0134
1N
-X1.4
/10.E
5/10
.E3
/34.B
6
7PE
-X1.4
/10.C
6
-X1
/64.C
216
.1
16-X
1.2/64
.B2
BK
Kond
ensa
t-Heb
epum
pe
/80.
C5
-80A
2D
I03
ID3
J5
DBU
1324
DC/B
SK-X
3.4/10
.D8
/20.A
1/60
.D2
M 1~23
0V~
L NPE
-64M
2
0,2K
W1,
4A
6352
0052
3 4
-64S
1
6330
1012
X3/1
3.4
X1/1
6.2
X1/1
.4
X1/7
.4
X3/4
4.2
BN BN BU BUGNYE
44-X
3.2/64
.D4
-X3
/64.D
444
.1
1L3
Kon
dens
at-H
ebep
umpe
cond
ensa
te d
isch
arge
pum
p
3-4 B
ei St
örung
gesc
hloss
en3-4
clos
ed up
on fa
ilure
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90Nur
in V
erbi
ndun
g m
itO
ptio
n B
efeu
chte
rO
nly
in c
ombi
natio
n w
ithop
tion
hum
idifi
er
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
24VUC
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Was
serw
arnu
ngw
ater
war
ning
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0965
26
FrankKJ11:39:56 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
DBU
ALAR
M
BETR
IEB
~/+
+/-W
HG
N
BNYE
-65F
1
6367
3063
Was
serw
arnu
ng
/80.
D5
-80A
2D
I08
ID8
J5
524
GND
-X3.4
/10.E
6/20
.E7
1424
DC/B
SK-X
3.3/10
.F7/31
.D5
/65.C
3
1424
DC/B
SK-X
3.4/10
.F7/31
.D5
/65.C
3
45-X
3.2/65
.C4
-X3
/65.E
345
.1
Was
serw
arnu
ngw
ater
war
ning
66-Wasserwarnung PCS/Rev. 1.1/22.08.06/mim
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rnU
KS
3300
.760
-790
_V 2
.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Dop
pelb
oden
-Dru
ckse
nsor
doub
le fl
oor p
ress
ure
sens
orU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0967
26
FrankKJ11:50:21 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
Dop
pelb
oden
druc
kJ2
0-1/
1-10
V0-
20/4
-20m
A
AI03
B3
/80.
C3
-80A
2
J2
124
DC/B
SK-X
4.4/10
.F8/68
.C3
324
GND
-X4.4
/10.F7
/68.C
3
-X4
/67.C
59 .
1
9 -X4.2
/67.C
5
GND
24VDC
0-10V
0-10
0Pa
-67B
159
_Bei
stel
lung
GY Sh
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
Dop
pelb
oden
-Dru
ckse
nsor
doub
le fl
oor p
ress
ure
sens
or
(Lie
feru
ng K
unde
)(S
uppl
y cu
stom
er)
-67W
1
WH
6313
0234
BN
GN
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
NTC
/Pt1
000
EIN
-AU
SN
TC/P
t100
0E
IN-A
US
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Reg
elfü
hler
cont
rol s
enso
rU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0968
26
FrankKJ11:50:21 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
GY
GY
GY
GY
-68B
2
NTC0
30HP
00
6383
2257
BKBK
Zulu
fttem
pera
tur
AI05
B5BC
5J3/8
0.D
3-8
0A2
Ablu
fttem
pera
tur
AI04
B4BC
4J3/8
0.D
3-8
0A2
-X4
/68.B
311
.1
11-X
4.2/68
.B3
-X4
/68.B
412
.1
12-X
4.2/68
.B4
Sh
GY
WH
BN
GN
YE
GY
124
DC/B
SK-X
4.3/10
.F8/67
.C4
324
GND
-X4.3
/10.F7
/67.C
4
Ablu
ftfeu
chte
0-1/
1-10
V0-
20/4
-20m
A
AI02
B2
/80.
C3
-80A
2
J2
-X4
/68.C
48 .
1
8 -X4.2
/68.C
4
DPWC
1110
00-6
8B1
M
+
ntc
ntc
H OUT
6383
2280
off
off
0-1V
DC
DP2
DP1
-X4
/68.B
613
.1
13-X
4.2/68
.B6
-X4
/68.B
614
.1
14-X
4.2/68
.B6
Ablu
ft Te
mpe
ratu
r-Feu
chte
fühl
erex
tract
air
tem
p./h
umid
ity s
enso
r
Gru
nd
gerä
t -
basic
un
it U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
Zulu
ft Te
mpe
ratu
rfühl
ersu
pply
air
tem
pera
ture
sen
sor
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/70.A3
/70.B3
/70.C3
/70.C3
-4
Car
el
35
+
NC NA
C
2-4
öffn
et b
ei A
larm
2-4
open
s w
ith a
larm
24VD
C-
4
Car
el
35
+
NC NA
C
2-4
öffn
et b
ei A
larm
2-4
open
s w
ith a
larm
24VD
C
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Rau
ch-/B
rand
mel
der
smok
e-/fi
re d
etec
tor
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0969
26
Fran
kKJ
11:34:05 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
Ra
Ra/Br
Ra/Br
Br
Sh
Sh
12
31
24
-69A
1
6383
2259
12
31
24
-69A
2
6383
2258
624
GND
-X3.4
/50.C
4/50
.E7
/60.D
2
724
GND
-X3.4
/80.F1
1524
DC/B
SK-X
3.4/80
.E1
/72.C
2/69
.D3
1524
DC/B
SK-X
3.3/80
.E1
/72.C
2/69
.D5
68-Raum-Zuluft T/F.-Fühler PC0/Rev.1.1/23.08.06/mim
Rau
chm
elde
rsm
oke
dete
ctor O
pti
on
UK
S 3
300.7
60-7
90B
rand
mel
der
fire
dete
ctor
-69W
1
WH
6313
0234
-69W
2
WH
6313
0234
-69W
1
GN
6313
0234
YE
-69W
2
GN
6313
0234
YE
BN
BN
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
/60.
E7
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
-50+
50Pa
0+10
0Pa
0+15
0Pa
0+30
0Pa
0+50
0Pa
0+10
00Pa
0+16
00Pa
0+25
00Pa
Not used
0,4s - Off10s - On
V
Off=0-10V/0-20mAOn=2-10V/4-20mA
mA
Berei
chDa
mping
Signa
l
On
Off
1=O
n
/69.D4 /69.D4 /69.D6 /69.D7
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Übe
rwac
hung
mon
itorin
gU
KS
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0970
26
Fran
kKJ
11:33:45 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
21 22
-BSK
+EXT
ERN
DBU
DBU
24G
ND
PE
PE
A1 A2/7
0.E3
-70K
1
6344
0096
/10.
D714 12
11
24 2221
GY
GND
24VUC
OUT
PTH
-320
2
3
1
2
-70B
163
3800
16
11
00
10
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
X
12
34
56
GY
DBU
DBUWH
A1 A2/7
0.E5
-70K
2
6344
0096
/40.
D6
/50.
D614 12
11
24 2221
DBU
DBU
21 22
-NEA
+EXT
ERN
PE
PE
Ra Ra/Br Ra/Br Br
Net
zers
atzb
etrie
b
/80.
D5
-80A
2D
I05
ID5
J5
BSK/
Rau
ch-/B
rand
m.
/80.
C5
-80A
2D
I02
ID2
J5
Diff
.-Dru
ck Z
uluf
tJ2
0-1/
1-10
V0-
20/4
-20m
A
AI01
B1
/80.
C3
-80A
2
J2
-X4
/31.D
42
24DC
/BSK
.1 -X4
424
GND
.1
-X4
/70.B
710
.1
10-X
4.2/70
.B7
/70.B
2
.2PE
-X3
22
PE-X
3.3/70
.B5
27-X
3.2/70
.D3
27-X
3.3/70
.D3
26-X
3.3/70
.B3
26-X
3.2/70
.B3
25-X
3.2/70
.B2
25-X
3.3/70
.A3
1624
DC/B
SK-X
3.3/9.
D2/70
.A2
-X3
/9.D2
/70.A
5
1624
DC/B
SK.2
46-X
3.2/70
.B5
-X3
/70.B
546
.1
70-BSK PCO.e3p/Vers.1.1.0/23.08.06/mim
***
*
**
Brüc
ke e
ntfe
rnen
bei
Ansc
hlus
sre
mov
e co
nnec
tion
atco
nnec
tion
öffn
et b
ei B
SK-F
all
open
s w
ith B
SK
case
Net
zers
atzb
etrie
b
***
**
***
öffn
et b
ei N
etze
rsat
zbet
rieb
** **
Rauchmeldersmoke detector
emer
genc
y st
andb
y
open
s w
ith e
mer
genc
y st
andb
y
Gru
nd
gerä
t -
basic
un
it U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
Diff
eren
zdru
ck-F
ilter
über
wac
hung
-Fre
igab
e Ve
ntila
tore
ndi
ffere
ntia
l pre
ssur
e-fi
lter m
onito
ring
-rele
ase
fans
Brandmelderfire detector
BS
K/
Rau
chm
elde
r/Br
andm
elde
rfir
e pr
otec
tion
flap/
smok
e de
tect
or/
fire
dete
ctor
GNYE
GNYE
2
-70W
1
1
6313
0043
-70W
2
1
6313
0043
2
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rnU
KS
3300
.760
-790
_V 2
.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Pote
ntia
lfrei
e-Ko
ntak
tepo
tent
ial-f
ree
cont
acts
UK
S
siehe
Mas
tersy
mbol
Span
ungs
verso
rg.sie
he M
aster
symb
olSp
anun
gsve
rsorg.
sieh
eQ
uerv
erw
eise
PCS+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
0972
26
FrankKJ11:33:10 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
-X2
/72.C
53 .
1-X
2/72
.C4
2 .1
-X2
/72.C
75 .
1-X
2/72
.C6
4 .1
3 -X2.2
/72.C
52 -X
2.2/72
.C4
5 -X2.2
/72.C
74 -X
2.2/72
.C6
DBU
12
34
111214
-Bau
s.-E
insc
h.
OG
OG
OG
OG
PE
PE
PE
PE
.2PE
-X2
1
War
tung
/80.
C6
/72.
B5
-80A
2D
O03
NO
3J1
2
Stör
ung
/80.
C6
/72.
B5
-80A
2D
O02
NO
2J1
2
Betri
eb/8
0.C
6-8
0A2
DO
01C
1
NO
1J1
2
/72.
B6
DO
02D
O03
/72.
B7Ba
usei
tige
Eins
chal
t.
/80.
C5
-80A
2D
I01
ID1
J5
1PE
-X3 .4
/31.D
2/40
.D6
/50.D
7
-X3
/80.E
1/69
.D3
/69.D
5
1524
DC/B
SK.2
47-X
3.2/72
.C2
-X3
/72.C
247
.1
72-Pot-Freie-Kontakte/Rev.1.1/30.05.05/mimPo
tent
ialfr
eie-
Kon
takt
epo
tent
ial-f
ree
cont
acts
Kont
akt o
ffen
>Bet
rieb<
cont
act o
pen
>ope
ratio
n<
Ein
scha
ltung
bau
seits
switc
h-on
by
cust
omer
* S
töru
ng*
faul
t*
War
tung
* m
aint
aina
nce
* Ko
ntak
te s
ind
bei S
töru
ng/W
artu
ng g
eöffn
et* C
onta
cts
are
open
ed in
cas
e of
failu
re/m
aint
enan
ce
**
Bet
rieb
oper
atio
n
Gru
nd
gerä
t -
basic
un
it U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
-72W
21
6313
0045
23
4G
NYE
GNYE
-72W
1
1
6313
0043
2
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rn
BE
D.T
EIL
LED
(OPT
ION
)
J9
BE
D.T
EIL
TEX
TD
ISP
LAY
J10
pLAN
BA
SIS
-P
LATI
NE
J11
J12
J13
J14
J15
J16
J17
SE
RIA
LC
AR
D
J5
DI -
24V
UC
J4
AO -
0-10
VDC
J3
UN
I - A
I - N
TC
J2J1
NET
Z24
VU
C
J18
Fiel
dC
AR
D
J8
230VAC
24VUC
- DI -
24VUC
230VAC
J7
DI -
24V
UC
J6
AI -
UN
I
PC
O3002A
M0
J24
UK
S 33
00.7
60-7
90_V
2.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Gru
ndbo
ard
basi
c bo
ard
Bedie
nteil
opera
ting p
anel
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092.
224
V an
J2
entfe
rnt
29.09
.09Fra
nk80
26
FrankKJ11:32:37 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
DBUW
HDB
UWH
DBU
-80W
1
6pol.
6314
5022
GND
TX+
TX-
Sh
-80A
2N01N02N03
N04N05N06
C7
N07
NO8
C8
NC8
NO9NO10NO11
NO12
C12
NC12
NO13
C13
NC13
B1B2B3
B4BC4B5BC5
Y1Y2Y3Y4
ID1ID2ID3ID4ID5ID6ID7ID8
B6B7B8
ID9ID10ID11ID12
ID13HID13
ID14ID14H
ANAL
OG
IN U
NIV
ERSA
L01
-/0-1
0VD
C-0
-20/
4-20
mA
NTC
/PT1
000/
Ein
-Aus
ANAL
OG
OU
T 0-
10V
DIG
ITAL
IND
IGIT
AL O
UT
DIG
ITAL
OU
T H
albl
.
AI01
AI02
AI03
AI06
AI07
AI08
AI04
AI05
AO01
AO02
AO03
AO04
DI0
1
DI0
2
DI0
3
DI0
4
DI0
5
DI0
6
DI0
7
DI0
8
DI0
9
DI1
0
DI1
1
DI1
2
DI1
3
DI1
4
DO
01
DO
02
DO
03
DO
04
DO
05
DO
06
DO
09
DO
10
DO
11
DO
08
DO
12
DO
13
DO
07
Diff
.-Dru
ck Z
uluf
t
Ablu
ftfeu
chte
Dop
pelb
oden
druc
k
Nie
derd
ruck
Käl
te
Ablu
fttem
pera
tur
Zulu
fttem
pera
tur
Befe
ucht
en
Zulu
ftven
tilat
or 1
-3
Baus
eitig
e Ei
nsch
alt.
BSK/
Rau
ch-/B
rand
m.
Kond
ensa
t-Heb
epum
pe
Übe
rstro
m/S
töru
ng
Net
zers
atzb
etrie
b
E-H
eizu
ng
Befe
ucht
er
Was
serw
arnu
ng
Kälte
mas
chin
e 1
Kälte
mas
chin
e 2
Kälte
mas
chin
e 3
Überh
itzun
gsreg
ler St
örung
Net
z A
Ein
Net
z B
Ein
Betri
eb
Stör
ung
War
tung
Zulu
ftven
tilat
or 1
-3
Befe
ucht
er
Klap
pen
Kälte
mas
chin
e 1
Kälte
mas
chin
e 2
Kälte
mas
chin
e 3
Frei
gabe
/Luf
tstro
m
Überh
itzun
gsreg
ler Fr
eigab
e
Elek
trohe
izun
g
/70.
A7
/68.
A4
/67.
A4
/31.
E4
/68.
A3
/68.
A6
/50.
B4
/20.
B5
/72.
B2
/70.
C3
/64.
B4
/20.
B7
/70.
C6
/40.
B3
/50.
E4
/65.
D4
/30.
C2
/30.
C4
/30.
C5
/31.
E5
/9.C
2
/9.C
3
/72.
B5
/72.
B6
/72.
B7
/20.
B8
/50.
B8
/60.
B7
/30.
B6
/30.
B7
/30.
B8
/40.
A6
/31.
B8
/40.
A7
8pol
.6p
ol.
TX-
TX+
GN
D
C1
C1
C4
C4
C9
C9
GG
O
GND+VDC
VGVGO
IDC1
GND
IDC9
IDC13
+Vte
rmG
ND
+5V
ref
6382
5332
DBUW
HDB
UWH
DBUW
H
-X3
/69.D
5
724
GND
.1-X3
/72.C
2/69
.D3
/69.D
5
1524
DC/B
SK.1
PGD
1000
FZ0
-80A
1
6pol
.64
2380
09
80-Grundboard PCO.e3pB
us-L
eitu
ngbu
s ca
ble
Gru
nd
gerä
t -
basic
un
it U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
-80W
2
WH
6313
0234
BN
GN
EDCB FA
EDCB FA
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
Blätte
rBla
ttEr
setzt
d.Er
satz
f.Ur
spr.
Norm
Geprü
ftBe
arbeit
erD
atum
Name
Datum
Ände
rung
Zusta
nd
Zeic
hnun
gsnu
mm
erA
uftra
gs-N
r.
Artik
el-N
r.U
nter
lage
n-N
r.
Nam
e= +
Ste
ueru
ngD
okum
ente
ntyp
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltessind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
We reserve all rights concerning this document and the object described in it. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties without express authorisation is forbidden.
RIT
TAL
Gm
bH &
Co.
KG
Auf d
em S
tütz
elbe
rgD
357
45 H
erbo
rnU
KS
3300
.760
-790
_V 2
.2
02 Sc
haltp
lan
Schn
ittst
elle
inte
rface
UK
SPC
S+
Serie
Fran
kM
ülle
r11
.03.
2009
11.0
3.20
092.
2Ka
bel -
81W
1-4
neu
29.09
.09Fra
nk81
26
FrankKJ11:30:11 30.09.200911:31FrankKJ29.09.2009
-81A
1
6385
2068
GND/1
TX+/2
TX-/3
PC
OS
0048
50-8
1A2
6385
2081
GND
+
-
PC
O10
00B
A0
-81A
3
6385
2083
GND
A
B
PC
O10
000F
0-8
1A4
6385
2082
PC
O10
00W
B0
8p
Sh
Sh
Sh
Op
tio
n U
KS
3300.7
60-7
90
RS4
85B
AC
net -
RS4
85LO
N -
Bus
BA
Cne
t Eth
erne
t / W
eb
An
sch
luss B
latt 8
0 S
eria
l C
ard
connection s
heet 80 S
erial C
ard
ba
us
eit
sb
y c
usto
mer
-81W
1
WH
6313
0234
-81W
2
WH
6313
0234
-81W
3
WH
6313
0234
-81W
4
8-adrig
UTP
/CAT
.5/8
BN
GN
BN
GN
BN
GN
KlemmenlisteUKS 3300.760-790_V 2.2
Betriebsmittel:Anschluss Bauteil-Bezeichnung Potential
KlemmenblockAnschluss Brücken Strompfad Artikel-Nr.
-X1:0 N 1.1 /10.E5 63210446-Einspeisung X1:N N 1.2 /10.E3 63210446-34A1:1 N 1.3 /34.B6 63210446-64M1:BU Kondensat-Hebepumpe N 1.4 /64.E2 63210446-30M1:PE Kältemaschine PE 2.1 X /30.D2 63210447-30M2:PE Kältemaschine PE 2.2 X /30.D3 63210447-30M3:PE Kältemaschine PE 2.3 X /30.D4 63210447-34A1:PE PE 2.4 X /34.B7 63210447
PE 3.1 X 63210447-40E3:. Heizung PE 3.2 X /40.D2 63210447-40E6:. Heizung PE 3.3 X /40.D3 63210447
PE 3.4 X 63210447-40V1:T1 Lastrelais HL1 4.1 /40.D1 63210444
HL1 4.2 /40.D1 63210444HL1 4.3 /40.D3 63210444HL1 4.4 63210444
-40K1:4 Verbraucherabzweig HL2 5.1 /40.D2 63210444HL2 5.2 /40.D2 63210444HL2 5.3 /40.D3 63210444HL2 5.4 63210444
-40V2:T1 Lastrelais HL3 6.1 /40.D2 63210444HL3 6.2 /40.D2 63210444HL3 6.3 /40.D3 63210444HL3 6.4 63210444PE 7.1 X 63210447PE 7.2 X /10.C6 63210447PE 7.3 X 63210447
-64M1:GNYE Kondensat-Hebepumpe PE 7.4 X /64.E3 63210447PE 8.1 X 63210447
-20XS1:PE Anschlussleitung PE 8.2 X /20.C2 63210447-20XS3:PE Anschlussleitung PE 8.3 X /20.C4 63210447
PE 8.4 X 63210447-20K1:2 Verbraucherabzweig L1 9.1 /20.C2 63210444-20XS1:1 Anschlussleitung L1 9.2 /20.C2 63210444-20XS3:1 Anschlussleitung L1 9.3 /20.C3 63210444
L1 9.4 63210444-20K1:4 Verbraucherabzweig L2 10.1 /20.C2 63210444-20XS1:2 Anschlussleitung L2 10.2 /20.C2 63210444-20XS3:2 Anschlussleitung L2 10.3 /20.C4 63210444
L2 10.4 63210444-20K1:6 Verbraucherabzweig L3 11.1 /20.C2 63210444-20XS1:3 Anschlussleitung L3 11.2 /20.C2 63210444-20XS3:3 Anschlussleitung L3 11.3 /20.C4 63210444
L3 11.4 63210444-10F1:2 Sicherungsautomat 10F1 12.1 X /10.B5 63210444-X1:13 Klemme 10F1 12.2 X /10.B5 63210444
10F1 12.3 X 6321044410F1 12.4 X 63210444
-10G1:230 Kombi-Netzgerät 10F1 13.1 X /10.C5 63210444-X1:12 Klemme 10F1 13.2 X /10.C5 63210444
10F1 13.3 X 6321044410F1 13.4 X 63210444
-34F1:2 Sicherungsautomat 34F1 14.1 /34.B2 63210445-34A1:7 34F1 14.2 /34.B6 63210445-50K1:6 Verbraucherabzweig L3 15.1 /50.D3 63210445-50E1: Dampfbefeuchter L3 15.2 /50.D3 63210445-64F1:2 Sicherungsautomat 64F1 16.1 /64.B2 63210445-64M1:BN Kondensat-Hebepumpe 64F1 16.2 /64.C2 63210445
17.1 6321044517.2 63210445
-X2PE 1.1 63210401
-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:PE PE 1.2 /72.C7 63210401PE 1.3 63210401
Datum: 30.09.2009 Seite 1 von 5
KlemmenlisteUKS 3300.760-790_V 2.2
Betriebsmittel:Anschluss Bauteil-Bezeichnung Potential
KlemmenblockAnschluss Brücken Strompfad Artikel-Nr.
PE 1.4 63210401-80A2:C1 2.1 /72.C4 63210398-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:1 2.2 /72.C4 63210398-80A2:NO1 3.1 /72.C5 63210398-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:2 3.2 /72.C5 63210398-80A2:NO2 4.1 /72.C6 63210398-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:3 4.2 /72.C6 63210398-80A2:NO3 5.1 /72.C7 63210398-Pot.-Freie Klemmen:4 5.2 /72.C7 63210398
6.1 632103986.2 632103987.1 632103987.2 63210398
-X3-31A1:PE Überhitzungsregler PE 1.1 X /31.D2 63210401-40F1:PE SicherheitstemperaturbegrenzePE 1.2 X /40.D6 63210401-50N1:12 Steuereinheit PE 1.3 X /50.D7 63210401-Baus.-Einsch.:PE PE 1.4 X /72.C3 63210401
PE 2.1 X 63210401+EXTERN-NEA:PE PE 2.2 X /70.B5 63210401+EXTERN-BSK:PE PE 2.3 X /70.B2 63210401
PE 2.4 X 63210401-10G1:PE Kombi-Netzgerät PE 3.1 X /10.E6 63210401
PE 3.2 X /10.E6 63210401PE 3.3 X 63210401PE 3.4 X 63210401
-X4:3 Klemme 24GND 4.1 X /10.E6 6321040024GND 4.2 X /10.E6 63210400
-20XS2:3 Anschlussleitung 24GND 4.3 X /20.C3 63210400-20XS4:3 Anschlussleitung 24GND 4.4 X /20.C5 63210400:0 24GND 5.1 X /10.E6 63210400-20K1:A2 Verbraucherabzweig 24GND 5.2 X /20.E7 63210400
24GND 5.3 X 63210400-65F1:BN Wassermelder 24GND 5.4 X /65.E3 63210400-50N1:1 Steuereinheit 24GND 6.1 X /50.B4 63210400-50N1:11 Steuereinheit 24GND 6.2 X /50.E7 63210400-60Y1:1 Stellantrieb 24GND 6.3 X /60.D2 63210400-69A1:1 Rauchmelder 24GND 6.4 X /69.D2 63210400:0 24GND 7.1 X /80.F1 63210400
24GND 7.2 X 6321040024GND 7.3 X 63210400
-69A2:1 Rauchmelder 24GND 7.4 X /69.D5 6321040024GND 8.1 X 6321040024GND 8.2 X 6321040024GND 8.3 X 6321040024GND 8.4 X 63210400
-70K1:14 Schaltrelais 24DC 9.1 X /10.D8 63210400-80A2:C4 24DC 9.2 X /20.A8 63210400-50S2:1a Wipp-Taster 24DC 9.3 X /50.E7 63210400
24DC 9.4 X 63210400-80A2:C9 24DC 10.1 X /30.A6 63210400-80A2:C12 24DC 10.2 X /31.A7 63210400-60K1:11 Schaltrelais 24DC 10.3 X /60.A3 63210400
24DC 10.4 X 63210400-80A2:C8 24DC 11.1 X /40.A6 63210400-80A2:C7 24DC 11.2 X /40.A7 63210400
24DC 11.3 X 6321040024DC 11.4 X 6321040024DC 12.1 X 6321040024DC 12.2 X 6321040024DC 12.3 X 6321040024DC 12.4 X 63210400
-70K1:11 Schaltrelais 24DC/BSK 13.1 X /10.D8 63210400-20K1:13 Verbraucherabzweig 24DC/BSK 13.2 X /20.A1 63210400-60Y1:2 Stellantrieb 24DC/BSK 13.3 X /60.D2 63210400-64M1:BK Kondensat-Hebepumpe 24DC/BSK 13.4 X /64.C3 63210400
Datum: 30.09.2009 Seite 2 von 5
KlemmenlisteUKS 3300.760-790_V 2.2
Betriebsmittel:Anschluss Bauteil-Bezeichnung Potential
KlemmenblockAnschluss Brücken Strompfad Artikel-Nr.
-X4:1 Klemme 24DC/BSK 14.1 X /10.E7 63210400-31A1:C Überhitzungsregler 24DC/BSK 14.2 X /31.D5 63210400-65F1:WH Wassermelder 24DC/BSK 14.3 X /65.C3 63210400-65F1:GN Wassermelder 24DC/BSK 14.4 X /65.C3 63210400:0 24DC/BSK 15.1 X /80.E1 63210400-Baus.-Einsch.:12 24DC/BSK 15.2 X /72.C2 63210400-69A1:3 Rauchmelder 24DC/BSK 15.3 X /69.D3 63210400-69A2:3 Rauchmelder 24DC/BSK 15.4 X /69.D5 63210400-9K1:14 Hilfsschalter 24DC/BSK 16.1 X /9.D2 63210400+EXTERN-BSK:21 24DC/BSK 16.2 X /70.A2 63210400+EXTERN-NEA:21 24DC/BSK 16.3 X /70.A5 63210400
24DC/BSK 16.4 X 63210400-9K2:14 Hilfsschalter 24DC/BSK 17.1 X /9.D3 63210400
24DC/BSK 17.2 X 6321040024DC/BSK 17.3 X 6321040024DC/BSK 17.4 X 63210400
-80A2:Y4 0-10V 18.1 /20.C5 63210400-20XS2:4 Anschlussleitung 0-10V 18.2 /20.C3 63210400-20XS4:4 Anschlussleitung 0-10V 18.3 /20.C5 63210400
0-10V 18.4 63210400-20K1:14 Verbraucherabzweig 20XS2 19.1 /20.C2 63210112-20XS2:1 Anschlussleitung 20XS2 19.2 /20.C2 63210112
20XS2 19.3 63210112-20XS4:1 Anschlussleitung STZu 20.1 X /20.C4 63210112-20XS2:2 Anschlussleitung STZu 20.2 X /20.C3 63210112
STZu 20.3 X 63210112STZu 21.1 X 63210112
-X3:22 Klemme STZu 21.2 X /20.C5-20XS4:2 Anschlussleitung STZu X /20.C5 63210112
STZu 21.3 X 63210112-80A2:ID4 STZu 22.1 X /20.C6 63210115-X3:21 Klemme STZu 22.2 X /20.C6 63210115
STZu 22.3 X 63210115Hyg 23.1 X 63210112
-X3:24 Klemme Hyg 23.2 X /50.D8-80A2:NO5 Hyg X /50.D8 63210112-52F1:1 Kanalhygrostat Hyg 23.3 X /52.C2 63210112
Hyg 24.1 X 63210112-50K2:A1 Schaltrelais Hyg 24.2 X /50.D8-X3:23 Klemme Hyg X /50.D8 63210112-52F1:2 Kanalhygrostat Hyg 24.3 X /52.E2 63210112
Ra 25.1 63210112-69A1:2 Rauchmelder Ra 25.2 /70.A3 63210112+EXTERN-BSK:22 Ra 25.3 /70.B2 63210112
Ra/Br 26.1 63210112-69A1:4 Rauchmelder Ra/Br 26.2 /70.B3 63210112-69A2:2 Rauchmelder Ra/Br 26.3 /70.B3 63210112
Br 27.1 63210112-70K1:A1 Schaltrelais Br 27.2 /70.D3 63210112-69A2:4 Rauchmelder Br 27.3 /70.D3 63210112
66Y1-4 28.1 X 6321011266Y1-4 28.2 X 6321011266Y1-4 28.3 X 6321011266Y1-4 29.1 X 6321040066Y1-4 29.2 X 6321040066Y1-4 29.3 X 6321040066Y1-4 29.4 X 6321040066Y1-4 30.1 X 6321040066Y1-4 30.2 X 6321040066Y1-4 30.3 X 6321040066Y1-4 30.4 X 63210400
31.1 6321039831.2 63210398
-80A2:NO9 NO9 32.1 /30.C5 63210398-30F1:BK Hochdruckpressostat NO9 32.2 /30.C5 63210398-30K1:A1 Verbraucherabzweig -30K1 33.1 /30.D5 63210398-30F1:BN Hochdruckpressostat -30K1 33.2 /30.C5 63210398
Datum: 30.09.2009 Seite 3 von 5
KlemmenlisteUKS 3300.760-790_V 2.2
Betriebsmittel:Anschluss Bauteil-Bezeichnung Potential
KlemmenblockAnschluss Brücken Strompfad Artikel-Nr.
-30F1 34.1 63210398-30F1:BU Hochdruckpressostat -30F1 34.2 /30.C6 63210398-80A2:NO10 NO10 35.1 /30.C6 63210398-30F2:BK Hochdruckpressostat NO10 35.2 /30.C6 63210398-30K2:A1 Verbraucherabzweig -30K2 36.1 /30.D6 63210398-30F2:BN Hochdruckpressostat -30K2 36.2 /30.C6 63210398
-30F2 37.1 63210398-30F2:BU Hochdruckpressostat -30F2 37.2 /30.C7 63210398-80A2:NO11 NO11 38.1 /30.C7 63210398-30F3:BK Hochdruckpressostat NO11 38.2 /30.C7 63210398-30K3:A1 Verbraucherabzweig -30K3 39.1 /30.D7 63210398-30F3:BN Hochdruckpressostat -30K3 39.2 /30.C7 63210398
-30F3 40.1 63210398-30F3:BU Hochdruckpressostat -30F3 40.2 /30.C8 63210398-60K1:14 Schaltrelais -60Y1 41.1 /60.C3 63210398-60Y1:3 Stellantrieb -60Y1 41.2 /60.D3 63210398-80A2:NO8 NO8 42.1 /40.B6 63210398-40F1:5 SicherheitstemperaturbegrenzeNO8 42.2 /40.B6 63210398-40F1:3 Sicherheitstemperaturbegrenze-40F1 43.1 /40.C6 63210398-70K2:11 Schaltrelais -40F1 43.2 /40.D6 63210398-80A2:ID3 KOND 44.1 /64.D4 63210398-64M1:GY Kondensat-Hebepumpe KOND 44.2 /64.D4 63210398-80A2:ID8 WAWA 45.1 /65.C4 63210398-65F1:YE Wassermelder WAWA 45.2 /65.E3 63210398-70K2:A1 Schaltrelais NEA 46.1 /70.B5 63210398+EXTERN-NEA:22 NEA 46.2 /70.B5 63210398-80A2:ID1 BausEin 47.1 /72.C2 63210398-Baus.-Einsch.:11 BausEin 47.2 /72.C2 63210398
KW-Satz 48.1 63210398KW-Satz 48.2 63210398KW-Syst 49.1 63210398KW-Syst 49.2 63210398
50.1 6321039850.2 63210398
-X4-X3:14 Klemme 24DC/BSK 1.1 X /10.E7 63210400
24DC/BSK 1.2 X 63210400-68B1:+ Temperatur-Feuchtefühler 24DC/BSK 1.3 X /68.C3 63210400-67B1: 24DC/BSK 1.4 X /67.C4 63210400-70B1:1 Drucksensor 24DC/BSK 2.1 X /70.C7 63210400-31A1:+Vin Überhitzungsregler 24DC/BSK 2.2 X /31.D4 63210400
24DC/BSK 2.3 X 6321040024DC/BSK 2.4 X 63210400
-X3:4 Klemme 24GND 3.1 X /10.E7 6321040024GND 3.2 X 63210400
-68B1:M Temperatur-Feuchtefühler 24GND 3.3 X /68.C3 63210400-67B1: 24GND 3.4 X /67.C4 63210400-70B1:3 Drucksensor 24GND 4.1 X /70.C7 63210400
24GND 4.2 X 6321040024GND 4.3 X 6321040024GND 4.4 X 6321040032Y1 5.1 6321040032Y1 5.2 6321040032Y1 5.3 6321040032Y1 5.4 6321040032Y2 6.1 6321040032Y2 6.2 6321040032Y2 6.3 6321040032Y2 6.4 63210400
7.1 632103987.2 63210398
-80A2:B2 AI02 8.1 /68.C4 63210398-68B1:H Temperatur-Feuchtefühler AI02 8.2 /68.C4 63210398-80A2:B3 AI03 9.1 /67.C5 63210398-67B1: AI03 9.2 /67.C5 63210398-80A2:B1 AI01 10.1 /70.B7 63210398
Datum: 30.09.2009 Seite 4 von 5
KlemmenlisteUKS 3300.760-790_V 2.2
Betriebsmittel:Anschluss Bauteil-Bezeichnung Potential
KlemmenblockAnschluss Brücken Strompfad Artikel-Nr.
-70B1:2 Drucksensor AI01 10.2 /70.B7 63210398-80A2:B4 ntc1 11.1 /68.B3 63210398-68B1:ntc Temperatur-Feuchtefühler ntc1 11.2 /68.B3 63210398-80A2:BC4 ntc2 12.1 /68.B3 63210398-68B1:ntc Temperatur-Feuchtefühler ntc2 12.2 /68.B3 63210398-80A2:B5 13.1 /68.B6 63210398-68B2: Temperaturfühler 13.2 /68.B6 63210398-80A2:BC5 14.1 /68.B6 63210398-68B2: Temperaturfühler 14.2 /68.B6 63210398
-Einspeisung-Einspeisung X1:N N N /10.E1-10Q1:1L1 Hauptschalter L1 L1 /10.A1-10Q1:3L2 Hauptschalter L2 L2 /10.B1-10Q1:5L3 Hauptschalter L3 L3 /10.B1-Einspeisung X1:PE PE PE /10.F1-Einspeisung X1: N.A /9.A2-9Q1:1L1 Hauptschalter L1.A /9.A2-9Q1:1L2 Hauptschalter L2.A /9.A2-9Q1:1L3 Hauptschalter L3.A /9.A2-Einspeisung X1: PE /9.A2-9Q1:2L1 Hauptschalter L1.B /9.E2-9Q1:2L2 Hauptschalter L2.B /9.E2-9Q1:2L3 Hauptschalter L3.B /9.E2-Einspeisung X1: N.B /9.E2-Einspeisung X1:-PE PE /9.F2
-Einspeisung X1-Einspeisung:N N N /10.E2-X1:1 Klemme N /10.E2-Einspeisung:PE PE PE X /10.F2-Einspeisung: PE -PE X /9.F2-Einspeisung: N.A /9.A2-9K1:7 Leistungsschütz N.A /9.A2-Einspeisung: PE /9.A2-Einspeisung: N.B /9.E2-9K2:7 Leistungsschütz N.B /9.E2-9K2:A2 Leistungsschütz N.B /9.D7-9K1:A2 Leistungsschütz N.A /9.D4
Datum: 30.09.2009 Seite 5 von 5
Kab
ellis
teU
KS
330
0.76
0-79
0_V
2.2
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adB
K-E
insp
eisu
ngL1
-10Q
1 / H
aupt
scha
lter /
H41
0-S
E27
151L
1/1
0.A
2B
N-E
insp
eisu
ngL2
-10Q
1 / H
aupt
scha
lter /
H41
0-S
E27
153L
2/1
0.A
2B
K-E
insp
eisu
ngL3
-10Q
1 / H
aupt
scha
lter /
H41
0-S
E27
155L
3/1
0.A
2B
U-E
insp
eisu
ngN
-Ein
spei
sung
X1
N/1
0.E
2G
NY
E-E
insp
eisu
ngP
E-E
insp
eisu
ng X
1P
E/1
0.F2
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
ad1
-X1
14.2
-34A
17
/34.
C6
2-X
11.
3-3
4A1
1/3
4.C
6G
YN
E-X
12.
4-3
4A1
PE
/34.
C6
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adW
H-X
43.
4-6
7B1
/67.
D4
BN
-X4
1.4
-67B
1/6
7.D
4G
N-X
49.
2-6
7B1
/67.
D4
YE Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adW
H-X
36.
4-6
9A1
/ Rau
chm
elde
r / S
FFS
1/6
9.B
2B
N-X
315
.3-6
9A1
/ Rau
chm
elde
r / S
FFS
3/6
9.B
2G
N-X
325
.2-6
9A1
/ Rau
chm
elde
r / S
FFS
2/6
9.B
2Y
E-X
326
.2-6
9A1
/ Rau
chm
elde
r / S
FFS
4/6
9.B
2
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -6
9W2,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3023
4, T
yp: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75, g
esch
irmt,
Vers
chra
ubun
g: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75 M
20Fu
nktio
n: B
rand
mel
der/f
ire d
etec
tor
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -6
7W1,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3023
4, T
yp: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75, g
esch
irmt,
Vers
chra
ubun
g: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75 M
20Fu
nktio
n: D
oppe
lbod
en-D
ruck
sens
or/d
oubl
e flo
or p
ress
ure
sens
or
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -6
9W1,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3023
4, T
yp: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75, g
esch
irmt,
Vers
chra
ubun
g: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75 M
20Fu
nktio
n: R
auch
mel
der/s
mok
e de
tect
or
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -1
0W1,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: Ein
spei
sung
, Typ
: NYM
/NYY
-J 5
X, V
ersc
hrau
bung
: Fu
nktio
n: E
insp
eisu
ng/s
uppl
y
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -3
4W1,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3029
7, T
yp: Ö
lflex
400
CP
3x1,
5mm
², Ve
rsch
raub
ung:
400
CP
3x1,
5mm
M20
Funk
tion:
Kon
dens
ator
lüfte
r/con
dens
er fa
n
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
1 v
on 4
Kab
ellis
teU
KS
330
0.76
0-79
0_V
2.2
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adW
H-X
37.
4-6
9A2
/ Rau
chm
elde
r / S
FFF
1/6
9.B
5B
N-X
315
.4-6
9A2
/ Rau
chm
elde
r / S
FFF
3/6
9.B
5G
N-X
326
.3-6
9A2
/ Rau
chm
elde
r / S
FFF
2/6
9.B
5Y
E-X
327
.3-6
9A2
/ Rau
chm
elde
r / S
FFF
4/6
9.B
5
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
ad1
-X3
16.2
+EX
TER
N-B
SK
21/7
0.A
22
-X3
25.3
+EX
TER
N-B
SK
22/7
0.A
2G
NY
E-X
32.
3+E
XTE
RN
-BS
KP
E/7
0.B
2
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
ad1
-X3
16.3
+EX
TER
N-N
EA
21/7
0.A
52
-X3
46.2
+EX
TER
N-N
EA
22/7
0.A
5G
NY
E-X
32.
2+E
XTE
RN
-NE
AP
E/7
0.B
5
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
ad1
-X3
15.2
-Bau
s.-E
insc
h.12
/72.
D2
2-X
347
.2-B
aus.
-Ein
sch.
11/7
2.D
2G
NY
E-X
31.
4-B
aus.
-Ein
sch.
PE
/72.
D3
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
ad1
-X2
2.2
-Pot
.-Fre
ie K
lem
men
1/7
2.D
42
-X2
3.2
-Pot
.-Fre
ie K
lem
men
2/7
2.D
53
-X2
4.2
-Pot
.-Fre
ie K
lem
men
3/7
2.D
64
-X2
5.2
-Pot
.-Fre
ie K
lem
men
4/7
2.D
7G
NY
E-X
21.
2-P
ot.-F
reie
Kle
mm
enP
E/7
2.D
7
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -7
2W2,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3004
5, T
yp: H
05VV
5-F
5x1,
0 nu
mer
iert
, Ver
schr
aubu
ng: H
05VV
5-F
5x1,
0 M
20Fu
nktio
n: P
oten
tialfr
eie-
Kon
takt
e/po
tent
ial-f
ree
cont
acts
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -7
0W2,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3004
3, T
yp: H
05VV
5-F
3x1,
0mm
² num
erie
rt, V
ersc
hrau
bung
: H05
VV5-
F 3x
1,0m
m M
16Fu
nktio
n: N
etze
rsat
zbet
rieb/
emer
genc
y st
andb
y
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -7
2W1,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3004
3, T
yp: H
05VV
5-F
3x1,
0mm
² num
erie
rt, V
ersc
hrau
bung
: H05
VV5-
F 3x
1,0m
m M
16Fu
nktio
n: E
insc
haltu
ng b
ause
its/s
witc
h-on
by
cust
omer
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -7
0W1,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3004
3, T
yp: H
05VV
5-F
3x1,
0mm
² num
erie
rt, V
ersc
hrau
bung
: H05
VV5-
F 3x
1,0m
m M
16Fu
nktio
n: B
SK/fi
re p
rote
ctio
n fla
p
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
2 v
on 4
Kab
ellis
teU
KS
330
0.76
0-79
0_V
2.2
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adW
H-8
0A2
TX-
-BU
S-A
nsch
luss
TX-
/80.
A2
BN
-80A
2TX
+-B
US
-Ans
chlu
ssTX
+/8
0.A
3G
N-8
0A2
GN
D-B
US
-Ans
chlu
ssG
ND
/80.
A3
YE Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adW
H4
-8
1A1
/ Sch
nitts
telle
/ P
CO
S00
4850
RS
485
GN
D/1
/81.
D2
BN
4
-81A
1 / S
chni
ttste
lle /
PC
OS
0048
50 R
S48
5TX
+/2
/81.
D2
GN
4
-81A
1 / S
chni
ttste
lle /
PC
OS
0048
50 R
S48
5TX
-/3/8
1.D
2Y
E Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adW
H4
-8
1A2
/ Sch
nitts
telle
/ P
CO
1000
BA
0 B
AC
net-R
S48
5G
ND
/81.
D4
BN
4
-81A
2 / S
chni
ttste
lle /
PC
O10
00B
A0
BA
Cne
t-RS
485
+/8
1.D
4G
N4
-8
1A2
/ Sch
nitts
telle
/ P
CO
1000
BA
0 B
AC
net-R
S48
5-
/81.
D4
YE Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adW
H4
-8
1A3
/ Sch
nitts
telle
/ P
CO
1000
0F0
GN
D/8
1.D
5B
N4
-8
1A3
/ Sch
nitts
telle
/ P
CO
1000
0F0
A/8
1.D
5G
N4
-8
1A3
/ Sch
nitts
telle
/ P
CO
1000
0F0
B/8
1.D
5Y
EBet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -8
1W3,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3023
4, T
yp: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75, g
esch
irmt,
Vers
chra
ubun
g: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75 M
20Fu
nktio
n: S
chni
ttste
llenk
abel
LO
N -
Bus
/inte
rfac
e ca
ble
LON
- B
us
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -8
1W4,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: UTP
/CA
T.5/
8, T
yp: U
TP/C
AT.
5/8-
adr.,
Ver
schr
aubu
ng: M
20Fu
nktio
n: S
chni
ttste
llenk
abel
BA
Cne
t Eth
erne
t / W
eb/in
terf
ace
cabl
e B
AC
net E
ther
net /
Web
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -8
1W1,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3023
4, T
yp: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75, g
esch
irmt,
Vers
chra
ubun
g: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75 M
20Fu
nktio
n: S
chni
ttste
llenk
abel
RS4
85/in
terf
ace
cabl
e R
S485
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -8
1W2,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3023
4, T
yp: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75, g
esch
irmt,
Vers
chra
ubun
g: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75 M
20Fu
nktio
n: S
chni
ttste
llenk
abel
BA
Cne
t - R
S485
/inte
rfac
e ca
ble
BA
Cne
t - R
S485
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -8
0W2,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: 631
3023
4, T
yp: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75, g
esch
irmt,
Vers
chra
ubun
g: L
IYC
Y 2x
2x0.
75 M
20Fu
nktio
n: B
us-L
eitu
ng/b
us c
able
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
3 v
on 4
Kab
ellis
teU
KS
330
0.76
0-79
0_V
2.2
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
ad8-
adrig
4
4
/81.
D7
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adB
K-9
Q1
1L1
-Ein
spei
sung
/9.A
2B
N-9
Q1
1L2
-Ein
spei
sung
/9.A
2B
K-9
Q1
1L3
-Ein
spei
sung
/9.A
2B
U-E
insp
eisu
ng-E
insp
eisu
ng X
1/9
.A2
GN
YE
-Ein
spei
sung
X1
-Ein
spei
sung
/9.A
2
Ade
rB
etrie
bsm
ittel
Ans
chlu
ssB
etrie
bsm
ittel
/ B
enen
nung
/ Ty
pA
nsch
luss
Stro
mpf
adB
K-9
Q1
2L1
-Ein
spei
sung
/9.E
2B
N-9
Q1
2L2
-Ein
spei
sung
/9.E
2B
K-9
Q1
2L3
-Ein
spei
sung
/9.E
2B
U-E
insp
eisu
ng-E
insp
eisu
ng X
1/9
.E2
GN
YE
-Ein
spei
sung
X1
-PE
-Ein
spei
sung
/9.F
2
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -9
W1,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: Ein
spei
sung
, Typ
: NYM
/NYY
-J 5
X, V
ersc
hrau
bung
: Fu
nktio
n: E
insp
eisu
ng N
etz
A/s
uppl
y po
wer
sup
ply
A
Bet
riebs
mitt
el: ,
, -9
W2,
Art
ikel
num
mer
: Ein
spei
sung
, Typ
: NYM
/NYY
-J 5
X, V
ersc
hrau
bung
: Fu
nktio
n: E
insp
eisu
ng N
etz
B/s
uppl
y po
wer
sup
ply
B
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
4 v
on 4
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-9F1
1P
hase
nfol
gere
lais
phas
e co
ntro
l rel
ay63
4430
62/9
.C4
-9F2
1S
iche
rung
saut
omat
circ
uit b
reak
er63
9501
34/9
.B7
-9K
11
Leis
tung
ssch
ütz
pow
er c
onta
ctor
6343
0277
/9.D
5
-9K
11
Hilf
ssch
alte
rau
xilla
ry c
onta
ct63
4390
73/9
.E5
-9K
21
Leis
tung
ssch
ütz
pow
er c
onta
ctor
6343
0277
/9.D
7
-9K
21
Hilf
ssch
alte
rau
xilla
ry c
onta
ct63
4390
73/9
.E7
-9K
31
Zeitr
elai
stim
er re
lay
6344
4043
/9.D
5
-9K
41
Zeitr
elai
stim
er re
lay
6344
4043
/9.D
8
-9K
51
Rel
aiss
ocke
lre
lay
sock
et63
4490
41
-9K
51
Sch
altre
lais
switc
hing
rela
y63
4400
64/9
.C6
-9Q
11
Hau
ptsc
halte
rm
ain
switc
h63
3104
07/9
.D1
-9Q
21
Leis
tung
ssch
alte
rpo
wer
sw
itch
6330
6040
/9.B
4
-9W
11
Kab
elca
ble
Ein
spei
sung
Net
z A
supp
ly p
ower
sup
ply
A/9
.A2
-9W
21
Kab
elca
ble
Ein
spei
sung
Net
z B
supp
ly p
ower
sup
ply
B/9
.E2
-10F
11
Sic
heru
ngsa
utom
atci
rcui
t bre
aker
6395
5013
/10.
B5
-10G
11
Kom
bi-N
etzg
erät
com
bina
tion
pow
er s
uppl
y un
it63
3520
52/1
0.C
5
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
1 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-10Q
11
Hau
ptsc
halte
rm
ain
switc
h63
3104
05/1
0.A
2
-10W
11
Kab
elca
ble
Ein
spei
sung
supp
ly/1
0.A
1
-20K
11
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
cons
umer
bra
nch-
off
6343
2045
/20.
B2
-20K
11
Var
isto
rva
risto
r63
3240
29
-20M
11
Ven
tilat
orfa
n63
5311
01/2
0.E
2
-20M
21
Ven
tilat
orfa
n63
5311
01/2
0.E
4
-20X
S1
1A
nsch
luss
leitu
ngco
nnec
ting
cabl
e63
1432
08/2
0.D
2
-20X
S2
1A
nsch
luss
leitu
ngco
nnec
ting
cabl
e63
1432
09/2
0.D
2
-20X
S3
1A
nsch
luss
leitu
ngco
nnec
ting
cabl
e63
1432
08/2
0.D
3
-20X
S4
1A
nsch
luss
leitu
ngco
nnec
ting
cabl
e63
1432
09/2
0.D
4
-30F
11
Hoc
hdru
ckpr
esso
stat
HP
pre
ssos
tat
6367
3069
/30.
C5
-30F
21
Hoc
hdru
ckpr
esso
stat
HP
pre
ssos
tat
6367
3069
/30.
C6
-30F
31
Hoc
hdru
ckpr
esso
stat
HP
pre
ssos
tat
6367
3069
/30.
C7
-30K
11
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
cons
umer
bra
nch-
off
6343
2043
/30.
A2
-30K
11
Var
isto
rva
risto
r63
3240
28
-30K
21
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
cons
umer
bra
nch-
off
6343
2043
/30.
A3
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
2 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-30K
21
Var
isto
rva
risto
r63
3240
28
-30K
31
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
cons
umer
bra
nch-
off
6343
2043
/30.
A4
-30K
31
Var
isto
rva
risto
r63
3240
28
-30M
11
Käl
tem
asch
ine
refri
gera
ting
mac
hine
6361
0539
/30.
E2
-30M
21
Käl
tem
asch
ine
refri
gera
ting
mac
hine
6361
0539
/30.
E3
-30M
31
Käl
tem
asch
ine
refri
gera
ting
mac
hine
6361
0539
/30.
E4
-31A
11
Übe
rhitz
ungs
regl
erco
ntro
ller
6382
5369
/31.
B2
-31A
11
Ans
chlu
sskl
emm
ense
t63
8290
76-3
1B1
1K
abel
cabl
e63
6790
18
-31B
11
Dru
cktra
nsm
itter
pres
sure
tran
sduc
er63
6730
86/3
1.E
3
-31B
21
Tem
pera
turfü
hler
tem
pera
ture
sen
sor
6383
2283
/31.
E4
-31K
11
Sch
altre
lais
switc
hing
rela
y63
4400
96/3
1.F7
-31Y
11
elek
troni
sche
s V
entil
elec
troni
c va
lve
6369
4051
/31.
E6
-31Y
11
Kab
elca
ble
6369
4055
-34A
11
Kon
dens
ator
lüfte
rco
nden
ser f
an59
_ext
ern
/34.
C6
-34F
11
Sic
heru
ngsa
utom
atci
rcui
t bre
aker
6395
0111
/34.
A2
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
3 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-34W
11
Kab
elca
ble
Kon
dens
ator
lüfte
rco
nden
ser f
an63
1302
97/3
4.C
6
-40E
11
Hei
zung
heat
ing
6362
1059
/40.
E1
-40E
21
Hei
zung
heat
ing
6362
1059
/40.
E2
-40E
31
Hei
zung
heat
ing
6362
1059
/40.
E2
-40E
41
Hei
zung
heat
ing
6362
1059
/40.
E3
-40E
51
Hei
zung
heat
ing
6362
1059
/40.
E3
-40E
61
Hei
zung
heat
ing
6362
1059
/40.
E3
-40F
11
Sic
herh
eits
tem
pera
turb
egre
nzer
safe
ty te
mpe
ratu
re li
mite
r63
6770
16/4
0.B
6
-40K
11
Leis
tung
ssch
ütz
pow
er c
onta
ctor
6343
0189
-40K
11
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
cons
umer
bra
nch-
off
6423
4123
/40.
B2
-40K
11
Var
isto
rva
risto
r63
3240
29
-40K
11
Leis
tung
ssch
alte
rpo
wer
sw
itch
6330
6047
-40K
11
Hilf
ssch
alte
rau
xilla
ry c
onta
ct63
4390
11
-40K
11
Hilf
ssch
alte
rau
xilla
ry c
onta
ct63
3060
51
-40V
11
Last
rela
islo
ad re
lay
6344
0170
/40.
E7
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
4 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-40V
21
Last
rela
islo
ad re
lay
6344
0170
/40.
E7
-50E
11
Dam
pfbe
feuc
hter
stea
m h
umid
ifier
6364
9096
/50.
E2
-50K
11
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
cons
umer
bra
nch-
off
6343
2045
/50.
B2
-50K
11
Var
isto
rva
risto
r63
3240
29
-50K
21
Sch
altre
lais
switc
hing
rela
y63
4400
96/5
0.F8
-50N
11
Fede
rleis
tefe
mal
e co
nnec
tor
6321
2069
-50N
11
Fede
rleis
tefe
mal
e co
nnec
tor
6321
2070
-50N
11
Ste
uere
inhe
itco
ntro
l mod
ule
6364
9097
/50.
C3
-50S
11
Wip
p-Ta
ster
togg
le b
utto
n63
3080
45/5
0.B
6
-50S
21
Wip
p-Ta
ster
togg
le b
utto
n63
3080
45/5
0.D
6
-52F
11
Kan
alhy
gros
tat
duct
-mou
ntin
g hy
grom
eter
6382
5033
/52.
D2
-60K
11
Sch
altre
lais
switc
hing
rela
y63
4400
96/6
0.E
6
-60Y
11
Ste
llant
rieb
actu
ator
driv
e63
5110
78/6
0.D
2
-64F
11
Sic
heru
ngsa
utom
atci
rcui
t bre
aker
6395
0134
/64.
B2
-64M
11
Kon
dens
at-H
ebep
umpe
cond
ensa
te d
isch
arge
pum
p63
5200
62/6
4.C
2
-64M
21
Pum
pepu
mp
6352
0052
/64.
C6
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
5 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-64S
11
Sch
wim
mer
scha
lter
float
sw
itch
6330
1012
/64.
D7
-65F
11
Was
serm
elde
rw
ater
sen
sor
6367
3063
/65.
D3
-67B
11
Dru
ckse
nsor
pr
essu
re s
enso
r59
_Bei
stel
lung
/67.
D4
-67W
11
Kab
elca
ble
Dop
pelb
oden
-Dru
ckse
nsor
doub
le fl
oor p
ress
ure
sens
or63
1302
34/6
7.C
4
-68B
11
Tem
pera
tur-
Feuc
htef
ühle
rte
mp.
/hum
idity
sen
sor
6383
2280
/68.
D3
-68B
21
Tem
pera
turfü
hler
tem
pera
ture
sen
sor
6383
2257
/68.
D6
-69A
11
Rau
chm
elde
rsm
oke
dete
ctor
6383
2259
/69.
B2
-69A
21
Rau
chm
elde
rsm
oke
dete
ctor
6383
2258
/69.
B5
-69W
11
Kab
elca
ble
Rau
chm
elde
rsm
oke
dete
ctor
6313
0234
/69.
D2
-69W
21
Kab
elca
ble
Bra
ndm
elde
rfir
e de
tect
or63
1302
34/6
9.D
5
-70B
11
Dru
ckse
nsor
pres
sure
sen
sor
6338
0016
/70.
D7
-70K
11
Sch
altre
lais
switc
hing
rela
y63
4400
96/7
0.F3
-70K
21
Sch
altre
lais
switc
hing
rela
y63
4400
96/7
0.E
5
-70W
11
Kab
elca
ble
BS
Kfir
e pr
otec
tion
flap
6313
0043
/70.
A2
-70W
21
Kab
elca
ble
Net
zers
atzb
etrie
b&
#250
6;63
1300
43/7
0.A
5
-72W
11
Kab
elca
ble
Ein
scha
ltung
bau
seits
switc
h-on
by
cust
omer
6313
0043
/72.
C2
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
6 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-72W
21
Kab
elca
ble
Pot
entia
lfrei
e-K
onta
kte
pote
ntia
l-fre
e co
ntac
ts63
1300
45/7
2.C
4
-80A
11
Bed
ient
eil
oper
atin
g pa
nel
6423
8009
/80.
B2
-80A
11
Rah
men
fram
e63
8290
69
-80A
11
Bed
ient
eil
oper
atin
g pa
nel
6382
5320
-80A
21
Bas
ispl
atin
eba
se b
oard
6382
5332
/80.
B2
-80W
11
Sch
nitts
telle
nkab
elin
terfa
ce c
able
6314
5022
/80.
B2
-80W
21
Kab
elca
ble
Bus
-Lei
tung
bus
cabl
e63
1302
34/8
0.B
2
-81A
11
Sch
nitts
telle
inte
rface
6385
2068
/81.
D2
-81A
21
Sch
nitts
telle
inte
rface
6385
2081
/81.
D4
-81A
31
Sch
nitts
telle
inte
rface
6385
2083
/81.
D5
-81A
41
Sch
nitts
telle
inte
rface
6385
2082
/81.
D7
-81W
11
Kab
elca
ble
Sch
nitts
telle
nkab
el R
S48
5in
terfa
ce c
able
RS
485
6313
0234
/81.
E2
-81W
21
Kab
elca
ble
Sch
nitts
telle
nkab
el B
AC
net -
R
S48
5in
terfa
ce c
able
BA
Cne
t -
RS
485
6313
0234
/81.
E3
-81W
31
Kab
elca
ble
Sch
nitts
telle
nkab
el L
ON
- B
usin
terfa
ce c
able
LO
N -
Bus
6313
0234
/81.
E5
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
7 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-81W
41
Sch
nitts
telle
nkab
elin
terfa
ce c
able
Sch
nitts
telle
nkab
el B
AC
net
Eth
erne
t / W
ebin
terfa
ce c
able
BA
Cne
t E
ther
net /
Web
/81.
E7
-X1
1K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0446
/10.
E5
-X1
8K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0444
/40.
D1
-X1
2K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0398
/34.
B2
-X1
4K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0447
/30.
D2
-X2
2K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0398
/72.
C4
-X2
1K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0401
/72.
C7
-X3
3K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0400
/10.
D8
-X3
5K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0400
/10.
D8
-X3
4K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0400
/10.
E6
-X3
1K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0112
/20.
C6
-X3
9K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0398
/30.
C5
-X3
1K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0112
/20.
C5
-X3
3K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0401
/31.
D2
-X3
8K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0112
/20.
C2
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
8 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MK
UK
S 3
300.
760-
790_
V 2
.2U
KS
PC
S+
Dok
umen
tart
docu
men
t typ
e02
Sch
altp
lan
Anl
age
syst
emO
rtLO
CB
MK
Dev
IDSt
kQ
tyB
aute
ilbez
eich
nung
com
pone
nt d
esig
natio
nFu
nktio
nfu
nctio
nA
rtik
el-N
r.ar
ticle
no.
Pfad
path
-X4
2K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0400
/10.
E7
-X4
2K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0400
/10.
E7
-X4
4K
lem
me
term
inal
6321
0398
/68.
C4
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
9 v
on 9
Stü
cklis
te B
MU
KS
330
0.76
0-79
0_V
2.2
UK
S P
CS
+ D
okum
enta
rt02
Sch
altp
lan
Anlage
Ort
BMK
Stk
Bauteilbezeichnung
Typ
Hersteller
Artikel-Nr.
Pfad
3K
abel
H05
VV
5-F
3x1,
0mm
²-
6313
0043
1K
abel
H05
VV
5-F
5x1,
0-
6313
0045
7K
abel
LIY
CY
2x2
x0.7
5-
6313
0234
1K
abel
Ölfl
ex 4
00C
P 3
x1,5
mm
²La
pp63
1302
97
2A
nsch
luss
leitu
ngH
an Q
5/0
+Ltg
.400
0mm
/4G
1,5
SE
T63
1432
08
2A
nsch
luss
leitu
ngH
an4A
+Lt
g.40
00m
m/5
G1,
0S
ET
6314
3209
1S
chni
ttste
llenk
abel
S90
CO
NN
000
Car
el63
1450
2210
Kle
mm
e27
9-68
1 1
.5m
m²
Wag
o G
mbH
6321
0112
1K
lem
me
280-
681
2.5
mm
²W
ago
Gm
bH63
2101
1516
Kle
mm
e2X
2L-K
lem
me
1,5m
m² 2
79-
826
grau
Wag
o G
mbH
6321
0398
17K
lem
me
6321
0400
3K
lem
me
1,5m
m² 2
79-8
37 G
NY
EW
ago
Gm
bH63
2104
018
Kle
mm
e4L
-Kle
mm
e 2,
5mm
² Gr.2
80-
833
grau
Wag
o G
mbH
6321
0444
1K
lem
me
4L-K
lem
me
2,5m
m² G
r.280
-83
4 bl
auW
ago
Gm
bH63
2104
46
4K
lem
me
4L-S
chut
zlei
terk
l. 2,
5mm
² 280
-83
7 G
NY
EW
ago
Gm
bH63
2104
47
1Fe
derle
iste
FKC
T 2,
5/12
-ST-
5,08
Pho
enix
6321
2069
1Fe
derle
iste
FKC
T 2,
5/10
-ST-
5,08
Pho
enix
6321
2070
1S
chw
imm
ersc
halte
rA
rt.-N
r.201
96Ju
ng63
3010
121
Leis
tung
ssch
alte
r3R
V10
11-1
BA
10S
iem
ens
6330
6040
1Le
istu
ngss
chal
ter
3RV
1031
-4E
A10
Sie
men
s63
3060
471
Hilf
ssch
alte
r3R
V19
01-1
ES
iem
ens
6330
6051
2W
ipp-
Tast
er18
03.1
202/
11G
2572
1W
Mar
quar
dt63
3080
451
Hau
ptsc
halte
rH
410-
SE
2715
Säl
zer
6331
0405
1H
aupt
scha
lter
AC
23:8
0A/3
7KW
, 6H
/ H
410-
SE
2716
Säl
zer
6331
0407
3V
aris
tor
3RT1
916-
1BB
00S
iem
ens
6332
4028
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
1 v
on 3
Stü
cklis
te B
MU
KS
330
0.76
0-79
0_V
2.2
UK
S P
CS
+ D
okum
enta
rt02
Sch
altp
lan
Anlage
Ort
BMK
Stk
Bauteilbezeichnung
Typ
Hersteller
Artikel-Nr.
Pfad
3V
aris
tor
3RT1
926-
1BB
00S
iem
ens
6332
4029
1K
ombi
-Net
zger
ätE
GT
230V
AC
/24V
~/24
V-
SB
A T
rafo
6335
2052
1D
ruck
sens
orP
TH-3
202
0-25
00P
aO
J E
lect
roni
cs63
3800
161
Leis
tung
ssch
ütz
3RT1
026-
1BB
40S
iem
ens
6343
0189
2Le
istu
ngss
chüt
zD
ILM
P12
5M
oelle
r63
4302
773
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
3RA
1125
-4A
A17
-1B
B4
Sie
men
s63
4320
432
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
3RA
1125
/11K
W/1
4-20
AS
iem
ens
6343
2045
1H
ilfss
chal
ter
3RH
1921
-1H
A22
Sie
men
s63
4390
112
Hilf
ssch
alte
rD
ILM
150-
XH
I11
2779
46M
oelle
r63
4390
731
Sch
altre
lais
55.3
4.8.
230.
0040
Find
er63
4400
645
Sch
altre
lais
49.6
2.9.
024.
0050
AFi
nder
6344
0096
2La
stre
lais
RN
1A48
D50
Car
lo G
avaz
zi63
4401
701
Pha
senf
olge
rela
isD
PA
53C
M48
Car
lo G
avaz
zi63
4430
622
Zeitr
elai
sE
RE
1S
VR
5501
07R
4100
1W
0,
3s-3
0sA
BB
6344
4043
1R
elai
ssoc
kel
NR
.94.
84.3
Find
er63
4490
411
Ste
llant
rieb
BN
-20C
1E-S
093
Wei
ss63
5110
781
Pum
peU
3 K
S N
IRO
Jung
6352
0052
1K
onde
nsat
-Heb
epum
peG
DW
-2N
Frav
id63
5200
622
Ven
tilat
orR
3G63
0-A
B06
-21
M10
0EC
ebm
6353
1101
3K
älte
mas
chin
eZB
45K
CE
-TFD
-551
Cop
elan
d63
6105
396
Hei
zung
2,5K
W/4
00V
Tria
ther
m63
6210
591
Dam
pfbe
feuc
hter
OE
M 4
64A
xair
6364
9096
1S
teue
rein
heit
EC
CM
24V
DC
Axa
ir63
6490
971
Was
serm
elde
rS
WM
3.2
Rin
ck E
lect
roni
k63
6730
633
Hoc
hdru
ckpr
esso
stat
PS
3-B
6S 2
5A
lco
6367
3069
1D
ruck
trans
mitt
erP
T4-1
8MA
lco
6367
3086
1S
iche
rhei
tste
mpe
ratu
rbeg
renz
erK
TR-0
90R
110
+100
/+60
CS
+S63
6770
161
Kab
elA
nsch
luss
kabe
l PT4
-M30
Alc
o63
6790
181
elek
troni
sche
s V
entil
EX
6-U
21/N
15A
lco
6369
4051
1K
abel
EX
5-N
60A
lco
6369
4055
1K
anal
hygr
osta
tH
G M
ini
Gal
ltec
6382
5033
1B
edie
ntei
lP
GD
1000
FZ0
Car
el63
8253
201
Bas
ispl
atin
eP
CO
3002
AM
0C
arel
6382
5332
1Ü
berh
itzun
gsre
gler
EC
3-X
33A
lco
6382
5369
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
2 v
on 3
Stü
cklis
te B
MU
KS
330
0.76
0-79
0_V
2.2
UK
S P
CS
+ D
okum
enta
rt02
Sch
altp
lan
Anlage
Ort
BMK
Stk
Bauteilbezeichnung
Typ
Hersteller
Artikel-Nr.
Pfad
1R
ahm
enP
GD
100F
R11
Car
el63
8290
691
Ans
chlu
sskl
emm
ense
tK
03-X
33A
lco
6382
9076
1Te
mpe
ratu
rfühl
erN
TC03
0HP
00C
arel
6383
2257
1R
auch
mel
der
SFF
FC
arel
6383
2258
1R
auch
mel
der
SFF
SC
arel
6383
2259
1Te
mpe
ratu
r-Fe
ucht
efüh
ler
DP
WC
1110
00C
arel
6383
2280
1Te
mpe
ratu
rfühl
erE
CN
-N30
Alc
o63
8322
831
Sch
nitts
telle
PC
OS
0048
50 R
S48
5C
arel
6385
2068
1S
chni
ttste
lleP
CO
1000
BA
0 B
AC
net-R
S48
5C
arel
6385
2081
1S
chni
ttste
lleP
CO
1000
WB
0 B
AC
net-
Eth
./Web
Car
el63
8520
82
1S
chni
ttste
lleP
CO
1000
0F0
Car
el63
8520
831
Sic
heru
ngsa
utom
at5S
X2
110-
7 C
10A
1P
OL
Sie
men
s63
9501
112
Sic
heru
ngsa
utom
at5S
X2
102-
7 C
2A
1P
OL
Sie
men
s63
9501
341
Sic
heru
ngsa
utom
at5S
X2
106-
8 D
6A
1P
OL
Sie
men
s63
9550
131
Ver
brau
cher
abzw
eig
3RT1
026-
S0
+ 3R
V10
31S
iem
ens
6423
4123
1B
edie
ntei
lP
GD
1000
FZ0
dunk
elgr
auC
arel
6423
8009
Dat
um: 3
0.09
.200
9S
eite
3 v
on 3
Erstellt am: 03.08.2005 Rittal GmbH & Co. KG Erstellt von: GR Druckdatum: 15.06.2011 Seite 1 von 1
Spare parts list Umluftklimasystem UKS-DX, 3300.510-760
Part No. designation 3300. 510
3300. 560
3300. 710
3300. 760
Refrigeration components 63644431 heat exchanger DV DELTA 60.3 DX 1 63644432 heat exchanger DV DELTA 85.3 DX 1 63644433 heat exchanger DV DELTA 125.3 DX 1 63644434 heat exchanger DV DELTA 160.3 DX 1 61219018 insulation hose AF-1-022; DSD 8 Armaflex X 61219013 insulation hose AF-4-028; DSD19 Armaflex X 61219014 insulation hose AF-1-035; DSD 9 Armafllex X X 63650072 refrigerant dryer DML 305 16 B 5/8" 1 1 1 1 63680014 spy glass 16 mm BÖR SGN 16 1 1 1 1 62625105 soldered nipple 7/16" UNF 3 3 3 3 Air transport components 62830989 filter G4 1220x450x47 2 2 62830988 filter G4 1220x400x47 3 4 62830990 filter F7 1220x450x47 2 2 62830991 filter F7 1220x400x47 3 4 Humidification components 63645030 steam cylinder A 363 1 1 1 63645065 steam cylinder A 464 1 Electric components See bill of materials for electric diagram